MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1995-11-30
Previous: NEW JERSEY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1995-11-30
Next: MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1995-11-30




<PAGE>










     As filed with  the Securities and  Exchange Commission  on November     30,
     1995    

     File No. 811-7194



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     X

                                AMENDMENT NO.    3                       X

                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)



                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                                                          
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                                                             

                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                                                                  
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE

              This Registration  Statement, as  amended, has  been filed  by the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the  Investment Company Act of 1940.
     However, interests in  the Registrant have  not been  registered under  the
     Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "1933  Act"),  because  such
     interests will be issued solely  in private placement transactions  that do
     not involve  any "public offering"  within the meaning  of Section  4(2) of
     the 1933  Act.    Investments  in  the  Registrant  may  be  made  only  by
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of Regulation D  under the 1933 Act.   This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.    
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

              Responses  to Items 1 through 3  and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant

                 Minnesota  Tax  Free  Portfolio  (effective  December 1,  1995,
     Minnesota  Municipals Portfolio)  (the  "Portfolio") is  a non-diversified,
     open-end  management  investment company  which  was organized  as  a trust
     under the laws of the State  of New York on May 1, 1992.   Interests in the
     Portfolio are issued solely in  private placement transactions that  do not
     involve  any "public offering"  within the meaning  of Section  4(2) of the
     Securities Act of  1933, as amended (the  "1933 Act").  Investments  in the
     Portfolio may  be  made only  by  U.S.  and foreign  investment  companies,
     common  or commingled  trust funds,  or similar  organizations  or entities
     that are  "accredited investors" within  the meaning of  Regulation D under
     the  1933  Act.     This  Registration  Statement,  as  amended,  does  not
     constitute an offer  to sell, or the solicitation  of an offer to  buy, any
     "security" within the meaning of the 1933 Act.    

                 The  Portfolio's  investment objective  is  to  provide current
     income exempt from regular federal  income tax and regular  Minnesota State
     personal income  taxes.   The  Portfolio  currently  seeks to  achieve  its
     objective by  investing primarily in  Minnesota tax-exempt obligations  (as
     defined below) that are  rated at least investment grade by a  major rating
     agency or, if  unrated, are determined to  be of at least  investment grade
     quality by the Portfolio's investment adviser.    

              Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  the
     Portfolio  appears  in Part  B.   The  Portfolio is  not  intended to  be a
     complete investment program,  and a  prospective investor should  take into
     account its  objectives and other investments when considering the purchase
     of an interest in  the Portfolio.  The Portfolio  cannot assure achievement
     of its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets 

                 The  Portfolio  currently  seeks  to  achieve  its   investment
     objective by investing at  least 80%  of its net  assets during periods  of
     normal market conditions in debt obligations issued by  or on behalf of the
     State  of  Minnesota  and  its  political   or  governmental  subdivisions,
     municipalities, governmental  agencies or  instrumentalities, the  interest
     on  which  is  exempt  from regular  federal  income  tax,  is  not  a  tax
     preference item under  the federal or Minnesota alternative minimum tax and
     is exempt from regular  Minnesota State  personal income taxes  ("Minnesota
     tax-exempt obligations").   The foregoing policy is a fundamental policy of
     the Portfolio, which may not be changed  unless authorized by a vote of the
     investors  in the Portfolio.  Proposed  changes to the foregoing policy are
     described below.   In all cases,  however, the Portfolio intends  to invest
     its assets so as to comply with the requirement  that, in order for exempt-
     interest dividends  that are  derived from interest  income from  specified

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






     Minnesota  sources to  be  exempt  from  regular Minnesota  State  personal
     income taxes,  95% or more of  the exempt-interest dividends  that are paid
     to all holders  of interests  in the Portfolio  must be  derived from  such
     specified Minnesota sources.    

              At  least 70%  of  the  Portfolio's net  assets will  normally  be
     invested  in obligations rated  at least  investment grade  at the  time of
     investment (which  are  those rated  Baa  or  higher by  Moody's  Investors
     Service, Inc.  ("Moody's") or  BBB or  higher by either  Standard &  Poor's
     ("S&P")  or  Fitch  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Fitch"))  or, if  unrated,
     determined by  the Portfolio's  investment adviser,  Boston Management  and
     Research  (the "Investment Adviser" or "BMR"), to be of at least investment
     grade quality.  The  Portfolio may invest up  to 30% of  its net assets  in
     Minnesota obligations (as defined below) rated below investment grade  (but
     not  lower  than  B  by  Moody's,  S&P  or  Fitch)  and  unrated  Minnesota
     obligations considered  to  be  of comparable  quality  by  the  Investment
     Adviser.   Minnesota  obligations  rated Baa  or  BBB may  have speculative
     characteristics.     Also,  changes   in  economic   conditions  or   other
     circumstances are  more  likely to  lead  to a  weakened  capacity to  make
     principal  and  interest   payments  than  in  the  case  of  higher  rated
     obligations.    Securities rated  below BBB  or Baa  are commonly  known as
     "junk bonds".   See "Credit Quality - Risks."   The Portfolio may retain an
     obligation  whose  rating drops  below  B  after  its  acquisition if  such
     retention is  considered desirable by  the Portfolio's Investment  Adviser.
     See  "Risk  Considerations."   For  a description  of  municipal obligation
     ratings, see the Appendix to Part B.    

              On  or about  December 8, 1995,  a proposal  will be  submitted to
     investors in  the  Portfolio that  would  permit  the Portfolio  to  invest
     without  limit in  obligations the interest  on which  is a  tax preference
     item  under  the  federal  alternative minimum  tax  and/or  the  Minnesota
     alternative minimum tax (subject to the 95% test  described above).  If the
     proposal is approved,  the Portfolio will  seek to  achieve its  investment
     objective by investing at  least 80%  of its net  assets during periods  of
     normal market  conditions in municipal  obligations, the interest on  which
     is  exempt from  regular  federal income  tax  and regular  Minnesota State
     personal income taxes.   If the proposal  is approved, the new  policy will
     be effective immediately.  The  proposed policy would permit  the Portfolio
     to invest  in obligations  issued by  the governments  of Puerto  Rico, the
     U.S.  Virgin  Islands  and  Guam (the  "Territories"),  provided  that  the
     interest on such obligations  is exempt from regular federal income tax and
     regular Minnesota  State  personal income  taxes.    The Portfolio  has  no
     current  intention,  however, of  investing  in obligations  issued  by the
     Territories.  If the proposal is approved, the Portfolio will  be permitted
     to invest in  municipal obligations  of any  issuer, but  will continue  to
     invest  at least  65% (and generally  95% or  more) of its  total assets in
     obligations  issued  by   the  State  of  Minnesota  or  its  political  or
     governmental   subdivisions,   municipalities,  governmental   agencies  or
     instrumentalities.  Also, in connection with the  proposal, the Portfolio's
     name  will  be  changed  to  "Minnesota   Municipals  Portfolio"  effective
     December 1, 1995.    


                                         A-2
<PAGE>






              Minnesota  Obligations.   Municipal obligations  eligible  for the
     exemption from  regular Minnesota State  personal income taxes  ("Minnesota
     obligations") are  issued for  a wide variety  of both  public and  private
     purposes.  Public purpose municipal bonds include  general obligation bonds
     and revenue  bonds.   General  obligation bonds  are backed  by the  taxing
     power  of the  issuing  municipality.   Revenue  bonds  are  backed by  the
     revenues  of  a   project  or  facility.    Municipal  notes  include  bond
     anticipation  notes,  tax  anticipation  notes,  and  revenue  anticipation
     notes.     Bond,  tax   and  revenue  anticipation   notes  are  short-term
     obligations that will be retired  with the proceeds of an anticipated  bond
     issue, tax revenue  or facility revenue, respectively.  Under normal market
     conditions, the Portfolio will  invest at least  65% (and generally 95%  or
     more) of its  total assets in obligations issued  by the State of Minnesota
     or   its   political   or    governmental   subdivisions,   municipalities,
     governmental agencies or instrumentalities.      

              The Portfolio  currently may not invest  more than 20%  of its net
     assets in obligations  the interest on which  is a tax preference  item for
     purposes  of the  federal  alternative  minimum  tax and/or  the  Minnesota
     alternative minimum tax  and in obligations  that pay  interest subject  to
     regular federal income  tax and/or regular Minnesota State  personal income
     taxes  (subject to the 95% test described above).  As at July 31, 1995, the
     Portfolio  had  invested 14.3%  of  its  net  assets  in such  obligations.
     Distributions  to corporate  investors of  certain  interest income  may be
     subject to the  federal alternative minimum tax.  Exempt interest dividends
     attributable to  interest on  all municipal  obligations (whenever  issued)
     eligible  for exemption from regular  Minnesota State personal income taxes
     are included  in taxable income  and in alternative  minimum taxable income
     for  purposes  of  determining  the  Minnesota  franchise  tax  imposed  on
     corporations subject to Minnesota taxation.    

                 Concentration  in  Minnesota  Issuers     Risks.   Because  the
     Portfolio  will  normally  invest  at  least 65%  of  its  total  assets in
     obligations  of Minnesota  issuers,  it  is  more  susceptible  to  factors
     adversely affecting such  issuers than mutual funds that do not concentrate
     in  the  obligations  of issuers  located  in a  single  State.   Municipal
     obligations  of issuers  in a  single State  may be  adversely effected  by
     economic developments and by legislation and  other governmental activities
     in that State.   To the extent that the Portfolio's assets are concentrated
     in  municipal obligations of issuers  of a single  State, the Portfolio may
     be subject to an increased risk of loss.    

                 Minnesota  relies heavily  on a  progressive  individual income
     tax and a  retail sales tax for  revenue, which results in  a fiscal system
     unusually sensitive  to  economic conditions.   Economic  and State  fiscal
     conditions have  improved.    As  of  August  1995,  the  State  unadjusted
     unemployment  rate  was  2.6%  compared  with  a  national  rate  of  5.6%.
     Unaudited information indicates  that the State ended fiscal year 1995 with
     a General Fund balance of $921 million.      
        
         


                                         A-3
<PAGE>






                 The  State's general  obligation bonds are  rated Aa1,  AA+ and
     AAA, by Moody's, S&P  and Fitch, respectively.  In March 1993,  S&P revised
     the outlook on Minnesota debt from Negative to Stable.    
        
         

                 In  addition, the  Portfolio  may  invest 25%  or more  of  its
     assets  in  Minnesota obligations  of  the  same type,  including,  without
     limitation, the following:   lease rental  obligations of  State and  local
     authorities; obligations  of State and  local housing finance  authorities,
     municipal utilities systems or public housing  authorities; obligations for
     hospitals or life  care facilities; or industrial development  or pollution
     control bonds issued for  electric utility systems, steel companies,  paper
     companies or other purposes.   This may make the Portfolio more susceptible
     to  adverse economic,  political,  or  regulatory occurrences  affecting  a
     particular category of  issuer.  For example,  health care-related  issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid reimbursement policies,  and national and state
     health care  legislation.   As the Portfolio's  concentration increases, so
     does the potential for fluctuation in the value of its interests.    

                 Non-Diversified Status.  The  Portfolio's classification  under
     the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") as  a "non-diversified"
     investment company allows it to invest, with respect  to 50% of its assets,
     more than  5% (but not more  than 25%) of its  assets in the  securities of
     any issuer.  The Portfolio is likely to invest  a greater percentage of its
     assets in the securities of a single issuer  than would a diversified fund.
     Therefore, the  Portfolio would be  more susceptible to  any single adverse
     economic  or  political  occurrence or  development  affecting  issuers  of
     Minnesota obligations.    

        Other Investment Practices    

                 The  Portfolio   may  engage   in  the   following   investment
     practices,  some  of  which  may  be  considered  to  involve  "derivative"
     instruments  because  they  derive their  value  from  another  instrument,
     security or index.   In addition, the Portfolio  may temporarily borrow  up
     to 5%  of the value of its  total assets to satisfy  redemption requests or
     settle securities transactions.    

                 When-Issued Securities.  The  Portfolio may purchase securities
     on a "when-issued" basis, which means that payment  and delivery occur on a
     future  settlement date.    The  price and  yield  of such  securities  are
     generally  fixed  on the  date of  commitment  to purchase.    However, the
     market value of  the securities  may fluctuate prior  to delivery and  upon
     delivery the  securities  may be  worth  more or  less than  the  Portfolio
     agreed to pay  for them.  The Portfolio  may also purchase instruments that
     give  it  the option  to  purchase  a  municipal  obligation  when  and  if
     issued.    

                 Inverse  Floaters.    The  Portfolio  may invest  in  municipal
     securities  whose  interest  rates  bear  an  inverse  relationship  to the
     interest rate  on  another security  or  the value  of  an index  ("inverse

                                         A-4
<PAGE>






     floaters").  An  investment in inverse  floaters may  involve greater  risk
     than an investment in a fixed  rate bond.  Because changes in the  interest
     rate on the other security  or index inversely affect the residual interest
     paid on the  inverse floater, the value of  an inverse floater is generally
     more  volatile than  that of  a fixed  rate  bond.   Inverse floaters  have
     interest  rate  adjustment  formulas  which  generally  reduce  or,  in the
     extreme,  eliminate  the interest  paid  to the  Portfolio  when short-term
     interest  rates rise, and increase the interest  paid to the Portfolio when
     short-term interest rates fall.   Inverse floaters have varying  degrees of
     liquidity, and  the  market for  these  securities  is new  and  relatively
     volatile.  These securities tend to underperform the market for  fixed rate
     bonds in  a rising interest  rate environment,  but tend to  outperform the
     market for fixed  rate bonds when interest rates  decline.  Shifts in long-
     term interest rates  may, however, alter this tendency.  Although volatile,
     inverse floaters  typically offer the  potential for  yields exceeding  the
     yields available on  fixed rate bonds  with comparable  credit quality  and
     maturity.   These securities  usually permit  the investor  to convert  the
     floating rate  to  a fixed  rate  (normally  adjusted downward),  and  this
     optional conversion  feature may  provide  a partial  hedge against  rising
     rates if  exercised at an opportune  time.  Inverse floaters  are leveraged
     because they provide two  or more dollars of bond market exposure for every
     dollar invested.  As a matter of operating policy, the  Portfolio currently
     may invest up to 7.5% of its net assets in inverse floaters.    

                 Futures  Transactions.   The  Portfolio may  purchase  and sell
     various kinds of financial futures  contracts and options thereon  to hedge
     against changes in interest rates.  The  futures contracts may be based  on
     various debt  securities (such as  U.S. Government securities),  securities
     indices (such as  the Municipal Bond Index  traded on the Chicago  Board of
     Trade)  and other  financial instruments  and indices.   Such  transactions
     involve  a  risk of  loss  or  depreciation  due  to unanticipated  adverse
     changes  in securities  prices,  which may  exceed the  Portfolio's initial
     investment  in these  contracts.   The Portfolio  may not  purchase or sell
     futures contracts or related options,  except for closing purchase  or sale
     transactions, if immediately  thereafter the sum  of the  amount of  margin
     deposits  and premiums paid on  the Portfolio's outstanding positions would
     exceed  5%  of the  market  value of  the  Portfolio's net  assets.   These
     transactions involve transaction  costs.  There  can be  no assurance  that
     the  Investment  Adviser's use  of  futures  will  be  advantageous to  the
     Portfolio.    

                 Insured  Obligations.   The  Portfolio may  purchase  municipal
     bonds  that are additionally secured by  insurance, bank credit agreements,
     or escrow accounts.   The  credit quality of  companies which provide  such
     credit enhancements  will affect the  value of those  securities.  Although
     the  insurance feature reduces  certain financial  risks, the  premiums for
     insurance and  the higher  market price  paid for  insured obligations  may
     reduce current yield.  Insurance  generally will be obtained  from insurers
     with  a claims-paying ability rated Aaa by  Moody's or AAA by S&P or Fitch.
     The  insurance  does   not  guarantee  the  market  value  of  the  insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.    


                                         A-5
<PAGE>






        Risk Considerations    

                 Many Minnesota  obligations offering current income  are in the
     lowest investment grade category  (Baa or BBB), lower categories or  may be
     unrated.    As indicated  above,  the  Portfolio  may  invest in  Minnesota
     obligations rated below investment grade (but not lower than B by  Moody's,
     S&P or  Fitch) and comparable  unrated obligations.   The lowest investment
     grade, lower  rated and comparable  unrated Minnesota obligations in  which
     the  Portfolio may invest will  have speculative characteristics in varying
     degrees.   While  such  obligations may  have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics, these  characteristics can  be expected  to  be offset  or
     outweighed by uncertainties or major risk  exposures to adverse conditions.
     Lower  rated and  comparable unrated  Minnesota obligations  are subject to
     the risk  of an issuer's inability to meet  principal and interest payments
     on the obligations (credit risk) and may  also be subject to greater  price
     volatility  due to  such  factors  as  interest  rate  sensitivity,  market
     perception  of  the  creditworthiness of  the  issuer  and  general  market
     liquidity (market risk).   Lower rated or unrated Minnesota obligations are
     also  more likely  to  react to  real  or perceived  developments affecting
     market and credit risk than are more  highly rated obligations, which react
     primarily  to  movements in  the  general  level of  interest  rates.   The
     Investment Adviser  seeks  to minimize  the  risks  of investing  in  below
     investment grade securities  through professional  investment analysis  and
     attention  to   current  developments  in   interest  rates  and   economic
     conditions.   When  the  Portfolio  invests  in  lower  rated  and  unrated
     Minnesota obligations,  the achievement  of the  Portfolio's goals is  more
     dependent on  the Investment  Adviser's ability than  would be the  case if
     the Portfolio were  investing in Minnesota obligations in the higher rating
     categories.    

                 The  Portfolio   may  retain   defaulted  obligations   in  its
     portfolio when such  retention is  considered desirable  by the  Investment
     Adviser.  In  the case of a  defaulted obligation, the Portfolio  may incur
     additional  expense  seeking   recovery  of  its  investment.     Minnesota
     obligations held by the Portfolio  which are rated below  investment grade,
     but  which, subsequent  to the  assignment of  such rating,  are  backed by
     escrow accounts containing  U.S. Government obligations, may  be determined
     by  the Investment Adviser  to be of investment  grade quality for purposes
     of the Portfolio's  investment policies.   The Portfolio may retain  in its
     portfolio an obligation whose rating  drops below B after  its acquisition,
     if such  retention  is  considered  desirable by  the  Investment  Adviser;
     provided, however,  that holdings  of obligations  rated below  Baa or  BBB
     will not  exceed  35% of  net  assets.   In  the  event  the rating  of  an
     obligation held  by the Portfolio  is downgraded, causing  the Portfolio to
     exceed this limitation,  the Investment Adviser will (in an orderly fashion
     within  a reasonable  period of  time) dispose  of  such obligations  as it
     deems necessary in  order to comply  with its  credit quality  limitations.
     For a description of municipal obligation ratings, see Part B.    

                 The  net asset value of  the Portfolio's interests  will change
     in response to  fluctuations in prevailing  interest rates  and changes  in
     the value of the  securities held  by the Portfolio.   When interest  rates

                                         A-6
<PAGE>






     decline, the value  of securities held by the  Portfolio can be expected to
     rise.   Conversely, when interest rates  rise, the value  of most portfolio
     security  holdings can  be  expected to  decline.   Changes  in  the credit
     quality of the issuers of Minnesota obligations  held by the Portfolio will
     affect the  principal value  of (and  possibly the  income earned on)  such
     obligations.  In  addition, the values  of such securities are  affected by
     changes in  general economic conditions  and business conditions  affecting
     the specific industries  of their issuers.   Changes  by recognized  rating
     services  in their ratings of  a security and in the  ability of the issuer
     to make payments of  principal and  interest may also  affect the value  of
     the  Portfolio's  investments.     The  amount  of  information  about  the
     financial condition  of an issuer  of Minnesota  obligations may not  be as
     extensive  as  that made  available  by corporations  whose  securities are
     publicly traded.   An  investment in the  Portfolio will  not constitute  a
     complete investment program.    

                 At times,  a substantial portion of  the Portfolio's assets may
     be invested in securities  as to which the Portfolio, by itself or together
     with other accounts managed by  the Investment Adviser and  its affiliates,
     holds a major portion or  all of such securities.  Under adverse  market or
     economic  conditions or  in the event  of adverse changes  in the financial
     condition  of the  issuer, the  Portfolio could  find it  more difficult to
     sell such securities when the  Investment Adviser believes it  advisable to
     do  so or may be able to sell such  securities only at prices lower than if
     such securities were more  widely held.  Under  such circumstances, it  may
     also be more difficult  to determine the fair value of such  securities for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.    

                 The secondary market  for some Minnesota obligations (including
     issues that are  privately placed with the  Portfolio) is less  liquid than
     that for taxable  debt obligations or  other more  widely traded  municipal
     obligations.  The Portfolio will not invest in  illiquid securities if more
     than 15%  of  its assets  would  be invested  in  securities that  are  not
     readily marketable.   No established resale  market exists  for certain  of
     the Minnesota  obligations in which the  Portfolio may invest.   The market
     for obligations  rated below  investment grade is  also likely  to be  less
     liquid  than the market  for higher  rated obligations.   As a  result, the
     Portfolio may be unable to dispose of these Minnesota  obligations at times
     when  it would otherwise  wish to  do so  at the prices  at which  they are
     valued.    

                 Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the  issuer
     at its option to  "call", or redeem, its securities.   If an issuer were to
     redeem securities  held  by  the  Portfolio  during  a  time  of  declining
     interest rates, the Portfolio may not be  able to reinvest the proceeds  in
     securities  providing  the   same  investment  return  as   the  securities
     redeemed.    

                 Some of  the securities  in  which  the Portfolio  invests  may
     include so-called "zero-coupon" bonds, whose values are subject to  greater
     fluctuation in  response to  changes in  market interest  rates than  bonds
     that  pay  interest  currently.     Zero-coupon  bonds  are  issued   at  a

                                         A-7
<PAGE>






     significant discount  from face  value and  pay interest  only at  maturity
     rather than at  intervals during the life  of the security.   The Portfolio
     is required to  accrue and distribute  income from zero-coupon  bonds on  a
     current basis,  even though it  does not receive  that income currently  in
     cash.   Thus, the Portfolio  may have to  sell other investments to  obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.    

                 The   Portfolio   may   invest   in   municipal   leases,   and
     participations in municipal leases.   The obligation of the issuer  to meet
     its obligations under such leases is often subject  to the appropriation by
     the appropriate legislative  body, on  an annual or  other basis, of  funds
     for the payment of  the obligations.   Investments in municipal leases  are
     thus subject  to the  risk  that the  legislative body  will not  make  the
     necessary appropriation and  the issuer will  not otherwise  be willing  or
     able to meet its obligation.    

                 The  Portfolio  has   adopted  certain  fundamental  investment
              restrictions  which are enumerated  in detail in Part  B and which
              may not  be changed unless authorized by an investor vote.  Except
              for  such enumerated  restrictions and  as otherwise  indicated in
              this  Part  A,  the  investment  objective  and  policies  of  the
              Portfolio  are not  fundamental  policies and  accordingly  may be
              changed by  the Trustees of  the Portfolio  without obtaining  the
              approval of the investors  in the Portfolio.  If any  changes were
              made in the Portfolio's  investment objective, the Portfolio might
              have investment  objectives different  from the objective  that an
              investor considered  appropriate at  the time the  investor became
              an interestholder in the Portfolio.     

     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio

                 The Portfolio is  organized as  a trust under  the laws  of the
     State  of New York.   The Portfolio intends  to comply  with all applicable
     federal and state securities laws.    

              Investment  Adviser.   The Portfolio  engages BMR,  a wholly-owned
     subsidiary  of Eaton Vance  Management ("Eaton  Vance"), as  its investment
     adviser.   Eaton Vance, its  affiliates and its  predecessor companies have
     been  managing  assets  of individuals  and  institutions  since  1924  and
     managing investment companies since 1931.

                 Acting under the general supervision of the Board of  Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's investments  and affairs and furnishes  for the
     use of  the Portfolio  office space  and all  necessary office  facilities,
     equipment and  personnel for  servicing the  investments of  the Portfolio.
     Under its investment  advisory agreement with the Portfolio, BMR receives a
     monthly advisory fee equal to the aggregate of:    

              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
                      asset rate  applicable to that portion  of the total daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus


                                         A-8
<PAGE>






              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
                      income rate applicable  to that portion of the total daily
                      gross   income  (which   portion  shall   bear  the   same
                      relationship to the total  daily gross income on such  day
                      as that portion of the total daily net assets  in the same
                      Category bears to  the total daily net assets on such day)
                      in each Category as indicated below:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
                                                                                  Annual           Daily
                                                                                  Asset            Income
     Category         Daily Net Assets                                            Rate             Rate
     <S>              <C>                                                         <C>              <C>

     1                Up to $20 million                                           0.100%           1.00%
     2                $20 million but less than $40 million                       0.200%           2.00%
     3                $40 million but less than $500 million                      0.300%           3.00%
     4                $500 million but less than $1 billion                       0.275%           2.75%
     5                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion                       0.250%           2.50%
     6                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion                       0.225%           2.25%
     7                $2 billion but less than $3 billion                         0.200%           2.00%
     8                $3 billion and over                                         0.175%           1.75%
     </TABLE>

                 As  at  July  31,  1995,  the  Portfolio  had  net  assets   of
     $82,967,696.  For the fiscal year ended  July 31, 1995, the Portfolio  paid
     BMR advisory fees equivalent to 0.37% of the Portfolio's average daily  net
     assets for such year.    

                 The Portfolio is  responsible for the  payment of  all expenses
     other  than  those  expressly  stated  to  be  payable  by  BMR  under  the
     investment advisory agreement.    

              Municipal  obligations,  including   Minnesota  obligations,   are
     normally traded on a net basis (without commission)  through broker-dealers
     and banks acting for  their own account.  Such firms attempt to profit from
     such transactions  by buying  at the bid  price and  selling at the  higher
     asked price of  the market, and  the difference is customarily  referred to
     as  the  spread.    In   selecting  firms  which  will   execute  portfolio
     transactions, BMR judges their professional ability and quality of  service
     and  uses  its  best  efforts to  obtain  execution  at  prices  which  are
     advantageous  to  the  Portfolio and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads.
     Subject to  the  foregoing,  BMR may  consider  sales  of shares  of  other
     investment  companies sponsored by  BMR or Eaton Vance  as a  factor in the
     selection of firms to execute portfolio transactions.

              Robert B. MacIntosh  has acted as the portfolio manager  since the
     Portfolio commenced  operations.   He has  been a  Vice President of  Eaton
     Vance since 1991 and  of BMR since 1992.  Prior  to joining Eaton Vance, he
     was a  portfolio manager at  Fidelity Management &  Research Company (1986-
     1991).  

                                         A-9
<PAGE>






                 Effective December 1,  1995, David C. Reilly will serve  as the
     portfolio manager of the Portfolio.  He has been a Vice  President of Eaton
     Vance since 1991 and  of BMR since 1992.  Prior to joining  Eaton Vance, he
     was  a Vice  President and  municipal bond  analyst at  Scudder, Stevens  &
     Clark (1984-1991).    

                 BMR or  Eaton Vance  acts as  investment adviser to  investment
     companies  and various  individual and  institutional  clients with  assets
     under  management  of   approximately  $16  billion.    Eaton  Vance  is  a
     wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Eaton  Vance  Corp., a  publicly  held holding
     company.   Eaton  Vance  Corp., through  its  subsidiaries and  affiliates,
     engages in  investment management and  marketing activities, fiduciary  and
     banking  services,  oil   and  gas  operations,  real   estate  investment,
     consulting   and   management,   and   development   of   precious   metals
     properties.    

     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

                 The  Portfolio is organized  as a  trust under the laws  of the
     State of New York  and intends to be  treated as a partnership for  federal
     tax purposes.  Under the Declaration of Trust,  the Trustees are authorized
     to issue  interests in the Portfolio.  Each investor  is entitled to a vote
     in  proportion  to  the  amount   of  its  investment  in   the  Portfolio.
     Investments in  the Portfolio may not  be transferred, but  an investor may
     withdraw all  or any portion  of its  investment at any  time at net  asset
     value.  Investors in the Portfolio will each  be liable for all obligations
     of  the Portfolio.    However, the  risk of  an  investor in  the Portfolio
     incurring  financial  loss on  account  of  such  liability  is limited  to
     circumstances in which both inadequate  insurance exists and the  Portfolio
     itself is unable to meet its obligations.    

                 The  Declaration  of Trust  provides  that  the  Portfolio will
     terminate 120 days  after the  complete withdrawal of  any investor in  the
     Portfolio unless either  the remaining investors,  by unanimous  vote at  a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of  the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by written instrument consented to  by all investors, agree to continue the
     business  of  the  Portfolio.    This  provision  is  consistent  with  the
     treatment of  the  Portfolio  as  a  partnership  for  federal  income  tax
     purposes.    

              Investments  in the  Portfolio  have no  preemptive  or conversion
     rights and  are fully paid  and nonassessable by  the Portfolio, except  as
     set  forth above.    The  Portfolio is  not  required  and has  no  current
     intention to hold annual meetings of investors, but the Portfolio  may hold
     special meetings of  investors when in the  judgment of the Trustees  it is
     necessary or desirable to submit matters for an investor vote.  Changes  in
     fundamental policies  or restrictions will  be submitted to   investors for
     approval.   The  investment  objective  and all  nonfundamental  investment
     policies of the  Portfolio may be changed by  the Trustees of the Portfolio
     without  obtaining  the  approval  of  the  investors  in  the   Portfolio.
     Investors  have under  certain circumstances  (e.g.,  upon application  and
     submission of  certain specified documents  to the Trustees  by a specified

                                         A-10
<PAGE>






     number  of investors)  the  right to  communicate  with other  investors in
     connection with  requesting  a meeting  of  investors  for the  purpose  of
     removing  one  or  more  Trustees.   Any  Trustee  may  be  removed by  the
     affirmative  vote  of   holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  interest  in  the
     Portfolio.

                 Information  regarding  pooled  investment  entities  or  funds
     which invest  in the Portfolio  may be obtained  by contacting  Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc.,  24 Federal  Street, Boston,  MA 02110  (617) 482-8260.
     Smaller  investors  in the  Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected by  the
     actions of  larger investors  in the Portfolio.   For  example, if a  large
     investor  withdraws  from  the  Portfolio,  the   remaining  investors  may
     experience  higher pro  rata operating  expenses,  thereby producing  lower
     returns.  Additionally, the Portfolio may hold fewer securities,  resulting
     in increased  portfolio risk, and experience decreasing economies of scale.
     However, this possibility exists  as well for historically structured funds
     which have large or institutional investors.    

                 As  of November 14,  1995, EV Marathon Minnesota  Tax Free Fund
     controlled the Portfolio  by virtue of  owning approximately  95.4% of  the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.    

                 The net asset value of the Portfolio is determined each  day on
     which the  New York Stock  Exchange (the  "Exchange") is  open for  trading
     ("Portfolio  Business Day").   This  determination is  made  each Portfolio
     Business Day as of the close of regular  trading on the Exchange (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").    

                 Each  investor  in  the  Portfolio may  add  to  or reduce  its
     investment in  the  Portfolio on  each  Portfolio Business  Day  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time.  The  value of each  investor's interest in  the
     Portfolio  will be  determined by  multiplying the  net asset value  of the
     Portfolio by  the percentage, determined  on the  prior Portfolio  Business
     Day, which  represents that investor's  share of the  aggregate interest in
     the Portfolio  on such  prior day.   Any additions  or withdrawals for  the
     current Portfolio  Business Day  will then  be recorded.   Each  investor's
     percentage of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  then  be
     recomputed as a percentage  equal to a fraction (i) the numerator  of which
     is the  value of  such investor's  investment in  the Portfolio  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time  on the  prior  Portfolio  Business Day  plus  or
     minus,  as the case may  be, the amount of  any additions to or withdrawals
     from the  investor's investment in  the Portfolio on  the current Portfolio
     Business Day and  (ii) the denominator of which  is the aggregate net asset
     value of  the Portfolio  as of the  Portfolio Valuation  Time on the  prior
     Portfolio Business  Day plus or  minus, as the  case may be,  the amount of
     the net  additions to or withdrawals  from the aggregate  investment in the
     Portfolio on the  current Portfolio Business  Day by all  investors in  the
     Portfolio.  The percentage so determined will  then be applied to determine
     the value  of  the investor's  interest in  the Portfolio  for the  current
     Portfolio Business Day.    

                 The  Portfolio  will  allocate  at  least  annually  among  its

                                         A-11
<PAGE>






     investors  each  investor's  distributive  share  of  the  Portfolio's  net
     taxable  (if any)  and tax-exempt investment  income, net  realized capital
     gains, and  any other  items of income,  gain, loss,  deduction or  credit.
     The Portfolio's net  investment income consists  of all  income accrued  on
     the  Portfolio's  assets, less  all  actual  and  accrued  expenses of  the
     Portfolio,  determined  in accordance  with  generally  accepted accounting
     principles.    

                 Under  the anticipated  method of  operation of  the Portfolio,
     the Portfolio will not be subject to any federal  income tax.  (See Part B,
     Item 20.)  However,  each investor in the Portfolio will take  into account
     its  allocable share of the Portfolio's ordinary income and capital gain in
     determining its  federal income tax  liability.  The  determination of each
     such share will  be made in  accordance with the  governing instruments  of
     the Portfolio,  which are intended to  comply with the requirements  of the
     Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.    

                 It is intended  that the Portfolio's assets and income  will be
     managed  in such  a way that  an investor in  the Portfolio  which seeks to
     qualify as  a regulated investment company  ("RIC") under the Code  will be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.    

     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio

              Interests in  the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.   See "General Description of  Registrant"
     above.

                 An investment  in the Portfolio  will be made  without a  sales
     load.  All investments  received by  the Portfolio will  be effected as  of
     the next Portfolio  Valuation Time.  The  net asset value of  the Portfolio
     is determined  at the Portfolio  Valuation Time on  each Portfolio Business
     Day.   The Portfolio will be closed for business and will not determine its
     net  asset  value on  the  following  business  holidays:  New Year's  Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good  Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day  and Christmas Day.  The
     Portfolio's  net asset  value  is computed  in  accordance with  procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.    

                 The  Portfolio's net  asset  value is  determined  by Investors
     Bank & Trust  Company (as custodian and  agent for the Portfolio)  based on
     market or  fair value  in  the manner  authorized by  the Trustees  of  the
     Portfolio.  The net asset value is computed by subtracting  the liabilities
     of the  Portfolio from  the value of  its total  assets.   Inasmuch as  the
     market  for  New Jersey  obligations  is a  dealer  market with  no central
     trading location  or continuous  quotation system,  it is  not feasible  to
     obtain last transaction prices for most New  Jersey obligations held by the
     Portfolio,  and   such  obligations,   including  those   purchased  on   a
     when-issued  basis, will  normally  be valued  on  the basis  of valuations
     furnished by  a pricing service.  The pricing service uses information with
     respect  to transactions  in bonds,  quotations from  bond  dealers, market

                                         A-12
<PAGE>






     transactions  in   comparable  securities,  various  relationships  between
     securities,  and  yield  to  maturity   in  determining  value.     Taxable
     obligations for which price quotations are  readily available normally will
     be valued at  the mean between the  latest available bid and  asked prices.
     Open futures  positions on  debt securities are  valued at the  most recent
     settlement prices unless such  price does not reflect the fair value of the
     contract, in  which  case  the  positions  will be  valued  by  or  at  the
     direction of  the Trustees of  the Portfolio.   Other assets are valued  at
     fair value using  methods determined in good  faith by or at  the direction
     of the Trustees.   For further information  regarding the valuation of  the
     Portfolio's assets, see Part B.    

              There  is  no  minimum initial  or  subsequent  investment  in the
     Portfolio.    The   Portfolio  reserves   the  right  to   cease  accepting
     investments at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors,  Inc. ("EVD").  The  principal business address  of EVD is 24
     Federal  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.  EVD receives no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest

                 An  investor in the  Portfolio may withdraw all  of (redeem) or
     any portion of  (decrease) its interest  in the Portfolio  if a  withdrawal
     request  in proper form is furnished by the investor to the Portfolio.  All
     withdrawals will be effected  as of the next Portfolio Valuation Time.  The
     proceeds  of a withdrawal  will be  paid by  the Portfolio normally  on the
     Portfolio Business  Day the withdrawal is effected, but in any event within
     seven days.   The Portfolio  reserves the  right to pay  the proceeds of  a
     withdrawal (whether a redemption or decrease) by  a distribution in kind of
     portfolio  securities (instead  of  cash).   The securities  so distributed
     would be valued at the same amount as that assigned  to them in calculating
     the net asset value  for the interest  (whether complete or partial)  being
     withdrawn.    If an  investor  received a  distribution  in kind  upon such
     withdrawal,  the  investor  could  incur  brokerage and  other  charges  in
     converting  the securities  to cash.    The Portfolio  has  filed with  the
     Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the "Commission")  a notification  of
     election  on Form  N-18F-1  committing  to pay  in  cash  all requests  for
     withdrawals  by  any investor,  limited  in  amount  with  respect to  such
     investor during  any 90 day period to the lesser of  (a) $250,000 or (b) 1%
     of the  net  asset  value  of  the  Portfolio  at  the  beginning  of  such
     period.    

              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.

              The  right of any investor to  receive payment with respect to any
     withdrawal  may be  suspended  or the  payment  of the  withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during  any period  in which the  Exchange is closed  (other than
     weekends or holidays) or  trading on the Exchange is restricted or,  to the
     extent  otherwise permitted by  the 1940  Act, if  an emergency  exists, or
     during any  other  period permitted  by  order of  the  Commission for  the

                                         A-13
<PAGE>






     protection of investors.

     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings

     Not applicable.
















































                                         A-14
<PAGE>






                                       PART B

     Item 10.  Cover Page

     Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents
                                                                 Page 
     General Information and History                             B-1 
     Investment Objectives and Policies  . . . . . . .           B-1 
     Management of the Portfolio   . . . . . . . . . .           B-14
     Control Persons and Principal Holder of
      Securities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           B-16
     Investment Advisory and Other Services  . . . . .           B-16
     Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices  . . . .           B-20
     Capital Stock and Other Securities  . . . . . . .           B-22
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities  .           B-24
     Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           B-24
     Underwriters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           B-28
     Calculation of Performance Data . . . . . . . . .           B-28
     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           B-28
     Appendix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           a-1 

     Item 12.  General Information and History

     Not applicable.

     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies

                 Part  A  contains additional  information about  the investment
     objective   and  policies   of  the  Minnesota   Tax  Free  Portfolio  (the
     "Portfolio").   This Part  B should  be read  in conjunction  with Part  A.
     Capitalized terms used  in this Part B  and not otherwise defined  have the
     meanings given them in Part A.    

     Minnesota Obligations

                 As  used  in  this  Part B,  the  term  "Minnesota obligations"
     refers  to debt  obligations  issued  by the  State  of  Minnesota and  its
     political   or  governmental   subdivisions,  municipalities,  governmental
     agencies  or  instrumentalities  (for  example,  counties,  cities,  towns,
     districts and  authorities), the interest  on which is  exempt from regular
     federal income tax and regular  Minnesota State personal income taxes.   In
     general, there are  three categories of Minnesota obligations  the interest
     on  which is  exempt from federal  income tax and  is not  a tax preference
     item  for purposes  of  the federal  alternative  minimum tax:  (i) certain
     "public purpose" obligations  (whenever issued), which include  obligations
     issued  directly  by state  and  local  governments  or  their agencies  to
     fulfill  essential governmental functions;  (ii) certain obligations issued
     before August  8,  1986 for  the  benefit  of non-governmental  persons  or
     entities;  and (iii) certain "private  activity bonds"  issued after August
     7, 1986, which  include "qualified Section 501(c)(3)  bonds" or  refundings

                                         B-1
<PAGE>






     of certain  obligations included in  the second category.  In assessing the
     federal income  tax  treatment of  interest  on  any such  obligation,  the
     Portfolio will  generally rely on an opinion of  the issuer's counsel (when
     available)  and  will not  undertake  any independent  verification  of the
     basis for the  opinion. Municipal obligations  are issued  to obtain  funds
     for various public and private  purposes.  Such obligations  include bonds,
     as well as  tax-exempt commercial paper, project notes, and municipal notes
     such  as  tax, revenue  and  bond  anticipation  notes  of short  maturity,
     generally less  than three  years.   The two  principal classifications  of
     municipal bonds are "general obligation" bonds and "revenue" bonds.    

                 Interest  on  certain  "private  activity  bonds"  issued after
     August  7,  1986  is exempt  from  regular  federal  income  tax, but  such
     interest  is  treated  as a  tax  preference item  that  could  subject the
     recipient  to  or  increase  the  recipient's  liability  for  the  federal
     alternative minimum tax.   It should be noted  that, for a corporate holder
     (other  than  a  regulated  investment  company)  of  an  interest  in  the
     Portfolio,  interest on  all  Minnesota  obligations (whenever  issued)  is
     included  in  "adjusted  current  earnings"  for  purposes  of the  federal
     alternative  minimum tax  as  applied to  corporations  (to the  extent not
     already  included   in  alternative  minimum   taxable  income  as   income
     attributable to private activity bonds).    

                 Market discount on long-term  tax-exempt municipal  obligations
     (i.e.,  obligations with a  term of  more than  one year) purchased  in the
     secondary market  after April 30,  1993 is taxable  as ordinary income.   A
     long-term debt  obligation is  generally treated  as acquired  at a  market
     discount  if  the secondary  market  purchase price  is less  than  (i) the
     stated principal amount payable at  maturity, in the case of  an obligation
     that  does not  have original  issue discount  or (ii)  in the  case of  an
     obligation that  does have original  issue discount, the  sum of the  issue
     price and  any original issue  discount that accrued  before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimis exclusion.    

              Issuers  of general  obligation  bonds include  states,  counties,
     cities, towns  and regional districts.   The proceeds  of these obligations
     are  used  to  fund   a  wide  range  of  public  projects   including  the
     construction  or improvement  of  schools, highways  and  roads, water  and
     sewer systems and a variety of other  public purposes.  The basic  security
     of general obligation  bonds is the  issuer's pledge  of its faith,  credit
     and taxing  power for  the payment of  principal and  interest.  The  taxes
     that  can be  levied for  the payment  of  debt service  may be  limited or
     unlimited as to rate and amount.

              The principal  security for a  revenue bond is  generally the  net
     revenues derived from a particular facility  or group of facilities or,  in
     some  cases,  from  the proceeds  of  a special  excise  or  other specific
     revenue source.   Revenue bonds have been issued to  fund a wide variety of
     capital  projects including:  electric, gas,  water, sewer  and solid waste
     disposal systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port, airport and  parking
     facilities;  transportation  systems;  housing  facilities,  colleges   and
     universities  and hospitals.  Although the  principal security behind these

                                         B-2
<PAGE>






     bonds varies widely,  many provide  additional security  in the  form of  a
     debt service reserve  fund whose monies may  be used to make  principal and
     interest  payments   on  the   issuer's  obligations.     Housing   finance
     authorities have  a wide  range of  security including  partially or  fully
     insured, rent  subsidized and/or collateralized  mortgages, and/or the  net
     revenues from housing  or other  public projects.   In addition  to a  debt
     service  reserve fund,  some authorities  provide further  security  in the
     form  of  a  state's  ability   (without  legal  obligation)  to   make  up
     deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.   Lease rental revenue bonds
     issued  by a  state or  local authority  for capital projects  are normally
     secured by annual lease  rental payments from the state or locality  to the
     authority sufficient to cover debt service  on the authority's obligations.
     Such payments are  usually subject to annual appropriations by the state or
     locality.

                 Industrial development and pollution  control bonds are in most
     cases revenue bonds  and are generally not  secured by the taxing  power of
     the  municipality, but are usually  secured by the  revenues derived by the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.    

              The Portfolio  may on occasion  acquire revenue  bonds which carry
     warrants or  similar rights covering  equity securities.   Such warrants or
     rights  may   be  held  indefinitely,  but   if  exercised,  the  Portfolio
     anticipates that  it  would, under  normal  circumstances, dispose  of  any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.

              While  most  municipal  bonds   pay  a  fixed  rate   of  interest
     semi-annually in cash,  there are exceptions.   Some bonds pay  no periodic
     cash interest,  but rather make  a single payment  at maturity representing
     both  principal and interest.  Bonds may  be issued or subsequently offered
     with  interest  coupons  materially   greater  or  less  than  those   then
     prevailing, with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.

              The obligations of  any person or entity  to pay the  principal of
     and  interest on a  Minnesota obligation are  subject to  the provisions of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and  other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if any, which  may
     be  enacted  by Congress  or  state  legislatures  extending  the time  for
     payment of  principal or interest,  or both, or  imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement of such obligations.   There is also the  possibility that
     as a result of litigation or  other conditions the power or ability of  any
     person or entity to pay  when due principal of and interest  on a municipal
     obligation may  be materially affected.   There have  been recent instances
     of defaults  and bankruptcies  involving municipal  obligations which  were
     not foreseen  by the financial  and investment communities.   The Portfolio
     will take  whatever  action  it  considers  appropriate  in  the  event  of
     anticipated financial  difficulties, default  or bankruptcy  of either  the
     issuer of  any municipal obligation  or of the  underlying source of  funds
     for debt  service.   Such  action may  include  retaining the  services  of
     various persons  or firms (including affiliates  of the Investment Adviser)
     to evaluate  or  protect  any  real  estate,  facilities  or  other  assets
     securing any such  obligation or acquired by  the Portfolio as a  result of

                                         B-3
<PAGE>






     any such event, and the Portfolio may also manage (or engage other  persons
     to manage)  or otherwise deal  with any  real estate,  facilities or  other
     assets so acquired.   The Portfolio anticipates that real estate consulting
     and  management  services  may  be  required  with  respect  to  properties
     securing various  municipal obligations  in its  portfolio or  subsequently
     acquired   by  the  Portfolio.     The  Portfolio   will  incur  additional
     expenditures  in  taking  protective  action  with   respect  to  portfolio
     obligations in default and assets securing such obligations.

                 The  yields on  Minnesota obligations  will be  dependent on  a
     variety of factors,  including purposes  of issue and  source of funds  for
     repayment,  general money  market  conditions,  general conditions  of  the
     municipal  bond market,  size  of a  particular  offering, maturity  of the
     obligation and rating of the issue.   The ratings of Moody's, S&P and Fitch
     represent their opinions  as to the  quality of  the municipal  obligations
     which they  undertake  to rate.   It  should be  emphasized, however,  that
     ratings are based  on judgment and  are not absolute standards  of quality.
     Consequently,  Minnesota obligations  with the  same  maturity, coupon  and
     rating may have  different yields while  obligations of  the same  maturity
     and coupon with  different ratings may have  the same yield.   In addition,
     the market price of such  obligations will normally fluctuate  with changes
     in interest rates, and therefore the net asset value of the Portfolio  will
     be affected by such changes.    

     Risks of Concentration

                 Minnesota   Obligations.    The  following  information  as  to
     certain  Minnesota considerations  is  given to  investors  in view  of the
     Portfolio's policy of  concentrating its investments in  Minnesota issuers.
     Such  information supplements  the information in  Part A.   It  is derived
     from sources that are  generally available to investors and is  believed to
     be accurate.  Such information  constitutes only a brief summary, does  not
     purport  to be  a  complete description  and is  based on  information from
     official statements relating to securities offerings  of Minnesota issuers.
     The Portfolio has not independently verified this information.    

              The  State's economic downturn  has been less severe  than that of
     the nation,  as evidenced  by the  State's employment  growth in the  early
     1990s.  The  State of Minnesota has  no obligation to pay any  bonds of its
     political   or  governmental   subdivisions,  municipalities,  governmental
     agencies,  or instrumentalities.   The  creditworthiness  of local  general
     obligation bonds is  dependent upon the  financial condition  of the  local
     government  issuer, and the creditworthiness of  revenue bonds is dependent
     upon  the availability  of  particular designated  revenue  sources or  the
     financial conditions  of the  underlying obligors.   Although  most of  the
     bonds owned  by the Portfolio  are expected  to be  obligations other  than
     general  obligations of  the State  of Minnesota  itself, there  can  be no
     assurance that  the same factors that  adversely affect the economy  of the
     State generally  will  not  also  affect  adversely  the  market  value  or
     marketability of such other obligations, or the ability of the obligors  to
     pay the principal of or interest on such obligations.


                                         B-4
<PAGE>






                 At the local  level, the property tax base has  recovered after
     its  growth was  slowed  in  many communities  in  the  early 1990s  by  an
     overcapacity  in certain  segments of  the commercial  real estate  market.
     Local finances are  also affected by the  amount of state aid that  is made
     available.  Further, various of the issuers within the  State of Minnesota,
     as  well  as  the  State  of  Minnesota  itself,  whose securities  may  be
     purchased  by the  Portfolio,  may  now or  in  the  future be  subject  to
     lawsuits  involving material  amounts.   It  is  impossible to  predict the
     outcome of these lawsuits.  Any losses  with respect to these lawsuits  may
     have an  adverse impact  on  the ability  of these  issuers to  meet  their
     obligations.    

                 Obligations of Particular Types of  Issuers.  The Portfolio may
     invest 25%  or more  of its total  assets in  Minnesota obligations of  the
     same type.   There could be  economic, business  or political  developments
     which  might  affect  all Minnesota  obligations  of  a similar  type.   In
     particular, investments in the industrial revenue  bonds listed above might
     involve (without limitation) the following risks.    

                   Hospital bond ratings are  often based on feasibility studies
     which  contain projections  of  expenses,  revenues and  occupancy  levels.
     Among the influences affecting a  hospital's gross receipts and  net income
     available  to  service its  debt  are  demand  for  hospital services,  the
     ability  of  the hospital  to  provide  the  services required,  management
     capabilities,  economic  developments  in  the  service  area,  efforts  by
     insurers and  government agencies to  limit rates and expenses,  confidence
     in  the   hospital,  service  area   economic  developments,   competition,
     availability and  expense of malpractice  insurance, Medicaid and  Medicare
     funding and possible  federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.    

                   Electric   utilities  face   problems   in   financing  large
     construction programs in an  inflationary period, cost increases  and delay
     occasioned by  safety and environmental  considerations (particularly  with
     respect to nuclear facilities), difficulty in  obtaining fuel at reasonable
     prices, and  in achieving timely  and adequate rate  relief from regulatory
     commissions,  effects  of  energy  conservation  and   limitations  on  the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.    

                   Life  care facilities  are an  alternative form  of long-term
     housing  for  the elderly  which  offer  residents  the  independence of  a
     condominium life  style and, if  needed, the comprehensive  care of nursing
     home  services.   Bonds  to finance  these facilities  have been  issued by
     various state  and  local authorities.    Because  the bonds  are  normally
     secured only  by the revenues  of each facility  and not by  state or local
     government  tax payments,  they are  subject to  a  wide variety  of risks.
     Primarily, the projects  must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide  revenues sufficient to  meet debt service  payments.  Moreover,
     because a  portion  of housing,  medical care  and  other services  may  be
     financed by an initial deposit, it is important that the facility  maintain
     adequate financial  reserves  to  secure estimated  actuarial  liabilities.
     The  ability  of  management  to  accurately   forecast  inflationary  cost

                                         B-5
<PAGE>






     pressures is an important factor in this process.  The facilities may  also
     be  affected adversely  by regulatory cost  restrictions applied  to health
     care  delivery in  general, particularly  state regulations  or changes  in
     Medicare and Medicaid  payments or qualifications, or  restrictions imposed
     by medical  insurance  companies.   They  may  also face  competition  from
     alternative health care or  conventional housing facilities in  the private
     or public sector.    

        Municipal Leases    

                 The   Portfolio   may   invest   in   municipal   leases    and
     participations  therein,  which  arrangements  frequently  involve  special
     risks. Municipal  leases  are  obligations  in  the  form  of  a  lease  or
     installment  purchase arrangement  which  are issued  by  a state  or local
     government to acquire equipment  and facilities. Interest income  from such
     obligations is generally exempt from local and state taxes in the state  of
     issuance.  "Participations" in  such leases  are undivided  interests in  a
     portion of  the total  obligation. Participations entitle  their holders to
     receive  a pro  rata share of  all payments under  the lease.  A trustee is
     usually responsible  for administering the terms  of the  participation and
     enforcing  the participants'  rights in  the underlying  lease. Leases  and
     installment purchase or conditional sale contracts  (which normally provide
     for title  to  the leased  asset  to pass  eventually to  the  governmental
     issuer)  have  evolved as  a  means  for  governmental  issuers to  acquire
     property and  equipment without  meeting the  constitutional and  statutory
     requirements for the issuance of debt.  State debt-issuance limitations are
     deemed to  be inapplicable to  these arrangements because  of the inclusion
     in  many leases or  contracts of  "non-appropriation" clauses  that provide
     that the  governmental issuer  has no  obligation to  make future  payments
     under  the lease or contract unless money  is appropriated for such purpose
     by the  appropriate legislative body on  a yearly or other  periodic basis.
     Such  arrangements  are,   therefore,  subject   to  the   risk  that   the
     governmental issuer will not appropriate funds for lease payments.    

                 Certain municipal lease obligations  owned by the Portfolio may
     be deemed  illiquid  for purposes  of  the  Portfolio's 15%  limitation  on
     investments in  illiquid securities,  unless determined  by the  Investment
     Adviser,  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by  the  Trustees, to  be liquid
     securities for  purposes of such  limitation. In determining the  liquidity
     of  municipal  lease obligations,  the Investment  Adviser will  consider a
     variety of  factors including: (1)  the willingness of  dealers to  bid for
     the  security; (2) the  number of dealers willing  to purchase  or sell the
     obligation and the number of  other potential buyers; (3) the frequency  of
     trades  and  quotes  for  the  obligation;  and  (4)  the  nature   of  the
     marketplace  trades. In  addition,  the  Investment Adviser  will  consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations  affecting the marketability
     thereof. These  include the general  creditworthiness of the  municipality,
     the importance  of the property covered  by the lease to  the municipality,
     and  the  likelihood that  the  marketability  of  the  obligation will  be
     maintained throughout the time the obligation is held by the Portfolio.  In
     the event  the Portfolio acquires  an unrated  municipal lease  obligation,
     the  Investment  Adviser will  be  responsible for  determining  the credit

                                         B-6
<PAGE>






     quality  of such obligation on an ongoing basis, including an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.    

     Zero Coupon Bonds

              Zero  coupon bonds are  debt obligations which do  not require the
     periodic payment  of interest and are issued at a significant discount from
     face value.   The discount  approximates the total  amount of  interest the
     bonds will accrue and compound over the  period until maturity at a rate of
     interest  reflecting  the  market rate  of  the  security  at the  time  of
     issuance.  Zero coupon bonds benefit the issuer  by mitigating its need for
     cash to  meet debt service,  but also  require a higher  rate of return  to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     Insurance

              Insured Minnesota obligations held  by the Portfolio (if any) will
     be  insured as to their  scheduled payment of  principal and interest under
     either (i)  an insurance policy  obtained by the  issuer or  underwriter of
     the obligation at  the time of its  original issuance or (ii)  an insurance
     policy  obtained  by the  Portfolio  or  a third  party  subsequent to  the
     obligation's  original  issuance  (which  may  not  be   reflected  in  the
     obligation's market  value).  In  either event, such  insurance may provide
     that,  in the event  of nonpayment of interest  or principal  when due with
     respect to an insured obligation, the insurer is not required to make  such
     payment  until a specified  time has lapsed  (which may be 30  days or more
     after notice).

     Credit Quality

                 The  Portfolio   is  dependent  on   the  Investment  Adviser's
     judgment, analysis and  experience in  evaluating the quality  of Minnesota
     obligations.  In evaluating the credit quality of a particular  issue, when
     rated   or  unrated,  the  Investment  Adviser   will  normally  take  into
     consideration, among  other things, the  financial resources of the  issuer
     (or, as  appropriate, of the underlying source of  funds for debt service),
     its sensitivity to economic  conditions and  trends, any operating  history
     of and the community  support for the facility financed by the  issuer, the
     ability of the  issuer's management and regulatory matters.  The Investment
     Adviser will  attempt  to reduce  the  risks  of investing  in  the  lowest
     investment   grade,   below  investment   grade   and   comparable  unrated
     obligations  through  active  portfolio  management,  credit  analysis  and
     attention  to  current developments  and  trends  in  the  economy and  the
     financial markets.    

                 See  "Portfolio of  Investments" in the  "Financial Statements"
     incorporated by reference into  this Part B with  respect to any  defaulted
     obligations held by the Portfolio.    

        Short-Term Trading    

                 The  Portfolio  may sell  (and  later  purchase)  securities in

                                         B-7
<PAGE>






     anticipation of  a market decline  (a rise  in interest rates)  or purchase
     (and later sell) securities in anticipation of a  market rise (a decline in
     interest rates). In addition, a  security may be sold and another purchased
     at approximately  the same  time to  take advantage of  what the  Portfolio
     believes  to be  a  temporary disparity  in  the normal  yield relationship
     between the two  securities. Yield disparities  may occur  for reasons  not
     directly related  to the  investment quality  of particular  issues or  the
     general  movement of interest rates, such as  changes in the overall demand
     for or supply of various types of  Minnesota obligations or changes in  the
     investment  objectives  of  investors.  Such  trading  may  be expected  to
     increase the portfolio  turnover rate, which may increase capital gains and
     the  expenses  incurred in  connection  with  such trading.  The  Portfolio
     anticipates  that  its annual  portfolio turnover  rate will  generally not
     exceed 100% (excluding turnover of  securities having maturity of  one year
     or less).    

     When-Issued Securities

              New  issues of Minnesota and other  types of municipal obligations
     are  sometimes offered  on  a "when-issued"  basis,  that is,  delivery and
     payment for  the securities normally  take place within  a specified number
     of days after the  date of  the Portfolio's commitment  and are subject  to
     certain conditions such  as the  issuance of  satisfactory legal  opinions.
     The Portfolio may  also purchase securities on a when-issued basis pursuant
     to refunding  contracts in connection  with the refinancing  of an issuer's
     outstanding  indebtedness.    Refunding  contracts  generally  require  the
     issuer  to sell and  the Portfolio to buy  such securities  on a settlement
     date that could be several months or several years in the future.

                The  Portfolio  will make  commitments  to purchase  when-issued
     securities  only with  the intention of  actually acquiring the securities,
     but may  sell such securities  before the settlement  date if it is  deemed
     advisable as  a matter of investment strategy.   The payment obligation and
     the interest  rate that will be received on the securities are fixed at the
     time the  Portfolio enters into  the purchase commitment.   The Portfolio's
     custodian will segregate  cash or high  grade liquid debt  securities in  a
     separate account  of the  Portfolio  in an  amount at  least equal  to  the
     when-issued commitments.   If  the value  of the  securities placed in  the
     separate  account  declines, additional  cash  or  high grade  liquid  debt
     securities  will be  placed in  the account on  a daily  basis so  that the
     value of  the account  will at least  equal the  amount of the  Portfolio's
     when-issued  commitments.    When  the  Portfolio  commits  to  purchase  a
     security on  a when-issued basis,  it records the  transaction and reflects
     the value of the  security in determining its net asset value.   Securities
     purchased on a when-issued  basis and the securities held  by the Portfolio
     are  subject  to  changes  in  value  based  upon  the  perception  of  the
     creditworthiness of  the issuer and changes in the  level of interest rates
     (i.e.,  appreciation when  interest  rates  decline and  depreciation  when
     interest rates rise).  Therefore, to the extent that  the Portfolio remains
     substantially  fully  invested at  the  same  time  that  it has  purchased
     securities on  a when-issued basis,  there will be  greater fluctuations in
     the  Portfolio's net asset  value than if  it solely set aside  cash to pay

                                         B-8
<PAGE>






     for when-issued securities.

     Variable Rate Obligations

              The Portfolio  may purchase  variable rate obligations.   Variable
     rate instruments provide  for adjustments in the interest rate at specified
     intervals (weekly, monthly,  semi-annually, etc.).  The  revised rates  are
     usually set  at  the  issuer's  discretion,  in  which  case  the  investor
     normally enjoys  the right to "put" the security back  to the issuer or his
     agent.   Rate  revisions may alternatively  be determined by  formula or in
     some  other  contractual  fashion.    Variable  rate  obligations  normally
     provide  that the  holder can  demand  payment of  the obligation  on short
     notice at par with accrued interest  and are frequently secured by  letters
     of credit or other  credit support arrangements provided by banks.   To the
     extent that  such letters  of credit  or other  arrangements constitute  an
     unconditional guarantee of  the issuer's obligations, a bank may be treated
     as  the  issuer of  a  security  for  the  purpose of  complying  with  the
     diversification requirements  set forth in Section 5(b) of the 1940 Act and
     Rule   5b-2  thereunder.    The  Portfolio  would  anticipate  using  these
     obligations  as cash  equivalents  pending longer  term  investment of  its
     funds.

     Redemption, Demand and Put Features 

              Most municipal bonds  have a fixed final maturity date.   However,
     it is  commonplace for the  issuer to  reserve the right  to call  the bond
     earlier.  Also, some bonds may have  "put" or "demand" features that  allow
     early redemption by the bondholder.   Interest income generated  by certain
     bonds  having  demand  features may  not  qualify  as  tax-exempt interest.
     Longer  term  fixed-rate bonds  may  give the  holder  a  right to  request
     redemption  at  certain  times  (often  annually  after  the  lapse  of  an
     intermediate term).   These bonds are more defensive than conventional long
     term bonds (protecting  to some  degree against a  rise in interest  rates)
     while providing  greater  opportunity  than  comparable  intermediate  term
     bonds, because  the  Portfolio  may  retain  the  bond  if  interest  rates
     decline.  By  acquiring these kinds  of obligations  the Portfolio  obtains
     the contractual right  to require the issuer of  the security or some other
     person (other  than a  broker or  dealer) to  purchase the  security at  an
     agreed upon  price,  which right  is  contained  in the  obligation  itself
     rather than in  a separate agreement with the  seller or some other person.
     Because this  right  is assignable  with  the  security, which  is  readily
     marketable  and valued  in  the customary  manner,  the Portfolio  will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     Liquidity and Protective Put Options 

              The  Portfolio may also  enter into a separate  agreement with the
     seller of  the security  or some  other person granting  the Portfolio  the
     right to put the security to  the seller thereof or the other person at  an
     agreed  upon  price.    The  Portfolio  intends  to  limit  this  type   of
     transaction to  institutions (such as  banks or  securities dealers)  which
     the  Investment Adviser  believes present  minimal credit  risks  and would

                                         B-9
<PAGE>






     engage in this  type of transaction  to facilitate  portfolio liquidity  or
     (if the seller  so agrees) to hedge  against rising interest rates.   There
     is no  assurance that this  kind of  put option  will be  available to  the
     Portfolio or  that  selling institutions  will  be  willing to  permit  the
     Portfolio to  exercise a  put to hedge  against rising  interest rates.   A
     separate put  option may  not be  marketable or  otherwise assignable,  and
     sale of  the  security to  a third  party or  lapse of  time  with the  put
     unexercised may  terminate the right  to exercise the  put.   The Portfolio
     does  not expect to assign  any value to any separate  put option which may
     be acquired  to facilitate portfolio  liquidity, inasmuch as  the value (if
     any) of the put will be  reflected in the value assigned to  the associated
     security; any  put acquired for  hedging purposes  would be valued  in good
     faith  under  methods  or  procedures established  by  the  Trustees  after
     consideration of  all relevant factors, including  its expiration date, the
     price volatility  of the associated  security, the  difference between  the
     market price of the associated security and the exercise price of the  put,
     the creditworthiness  of the  issuer of the  put and  the market prices  of
     comparable put options.   Interest income generated by certain bonds having
     put features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest.

        Securities Lending    

                 The  Portfolio may  seek  to  increase its  income  by  lending
     portfolio securities  to broker-dealers  or other institutional  borrowers.
     Under  present regulatory  policies  of  the  Commission,  such  loans  are
     required  to   be  secured  continuously   by  collateral  in  cash,   cash
     equivalents  or  U.S.   Government  securities  held  by   the  Portfolio's
     custodian and maintained on a current basis at an amount at  least equal to
     the market value of  the securities loaned, which will be marked  to market
     daily. Cash  equivalents include short-term  municipal obligations as  well
     as taxable certificates of  deposit, commercial paper and other  short-term
     money  market instruments.  The Portfolio  would have  the right to  call a
     loan and obtain the  securities loaned at any  time on up to five  business
     days' notice. During the  existence of a loan, the  Portfolio will continue
     to  receive the  equivalent  of the  interest  paid by  the  issuer on  the
     securities loaned and will  also receive a fee, or all  or a portion of the
     interest on  investment of the  collateral, if any.  However, the Portfolio
     may pay lending  fees to such borrowers.  The Portfolio would not  have the
     right to vote  any securities having voting rights  during the existence of
     the  loan, but would call the loan in  anticipation of an important vote to
     be taken among  holders of the securities  or the giving or  withholding of
     their consent on a material matter affecting  the investment. As with other
     extensions of credit there  are risks of delay in recovery or  even loss of
     rights in the  securities loaned  if the borrower  of the securities  fails
     financially. However, the loans will  be made only to  organizations deemed
     by the  Portfolio's management  to be  of good  standing and  when, in  the
     judgment of  the Portfolio's  management, the  consideration  which can  be
     earned from  securities loans justifies  the attendant risk.  Distributions
     of any  income  realized by  the Portfolio  from securities  loans will  be
     taxable. If  the management  of the  Portfolio decides  to make  securities
     loans,  it is intended  that the value of  the securities  loaned would not
     exceed 30% of  the Portfolio's total assets.  The Portfolio has  no present

                                         B-10
<PAGE>






     intention of engaging in securities lending.    

     Futures Contracts

                 A change in the  level of interest  rates may affect the  value
     of the  securities  held  by  the  Portfolio (or  of  securities  that  the
     Portfolio expects to  purchase).  To hedge against  changes in rates or for
     non-hedging purposes,  the Portfolio may  enter into (i) futures  contracts
     for the  purchase or  sale of  debt securities, (ii)  futures contracts  on
     securities  indices  and   (iii)  futures  contracts  on   other  financial
     instruments  and  indices.   All  futures  contracts  entered  into by  the
     Portfolio are traded on  exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and
     regulated by the  Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") and must be
     executed through a futures commission  merchant or brokerage firm  which is
     a member of  the relevant exchange.   The Portfolio may purchase  and write
     call  and put options  on futures  contracts which  are traded on  a United
     States or foreign exchange or board of trade.    

                 The  Portfolio  will  engage  in  futures and  related  options
     transactions  only  for  bona  fide  hedging  purposes  as  defined  in  or
     permitted  by CFTC  regulations.   The  Portfolio  will determine  that the
     price fluctuations  in the  futures contracts  and options  on futures  are
     substantially  related to  price  fluctuations in  securities  held by  the
     Portfolio  or  which it  expects  to  purchase.    The Portfolio's  futures
     transactions will be entered into  for traditional hedging purposes  - that
     is, futures  contracts will  be sold to  protect against  a decline in  the
     price  of securities that the Portfolio  owns, or futures contracts will be
     purchased to  protect the  Portfolio against  an increase  in the  price of
     securities it intends  to purchase.   As evidence  of this hedging  intent,
     the Portfolio  expects that on  75% or  more of the  occasions on which  it
     takes a  long  futures (or  option)  position  (involving the  purchase  of
     futures contracts), the  Portfolio will have purchased,  or will be in  the
     process  of purchasing,  equivalent amounts  of  related securities  in the
     cash market at the  time when  the futures (or  option) position is  closed
     out.   However, in particular  cases, when it  is economically advantageous
     for  the Portfolio to do so, a  long futures position may be terminated (or
     an  option may expire)  without the  corresponding purchase  of securities.
     The Portfolio  will engage in  transactions in futures  and related options
     contracts only  to the  extent such  transactions are  consistent with  the
     requirements   of  the   Internal   Revenue   Code  for   maintaining   the
     qualification of each  of the Portfolio's investment company investors as a
     regulated  investment company  for federal  income  tax purposes  (see "Tax
     Status").    

              The Portfolio  will be  required, in connection  with transactions
     in futures contracts and the writing of options on futures, to make  margin
     deposits, which  will be held by the Portfolio's  custodian for the benefit
     of the  futures commission merchant  through whom the  Portfolio engages in
     such futures  and options  transactions.   Cash or  liquid high grade  debt
     securities required  to be segregated  in connection with  a "long" futures
     position taken  by the Portfolio will  also be held  by the custodian  in a
     segregated account and will be marked to market daily.

                                         B-11
<PAGE>






     Portfolio Turnover 

              The  Portfolio cannot  accurately predict  its  portfolio turnover
     rate, but  it is anticipated that  the annual turnover rate  will generally
     not exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities having a  maturity of one
     year or less).   A 100% annual turnover  rate would occur, for  example, if
     all the securities held by the Portfolio were replaced once  in a period of
     one  year.   A  high  turnover rate  (100%  or  more) necessarily  involves
     greater expenses  to the  Portfolio.   The Portfolio  engages in  portfolio
     trading (including short-term trading)  if it  believes that a  transaction
     including all costs will help in achieving its investment objective.

     Investment Restrictions

              Whenever an investment policy  or investment restriction set forth
     in Part A or this Part B states a maximum percentage  of assets that may be
     invested  in any security  or other  asset or describes  a policy regarding
     quality  standards,  such  percentage  limitation  or   standard  shall  be
     determined  immediately  after  and   as  a   result  of  the   Portfolio's
     acquisition of  such  security or  other  asset.   Accordingly,  any  later
     increase  or decrease  resulting from a  change in values,  assets or other
     circumstances,  other than  a  subsequent  rating change  below  investment
     grade made by  a rating service, will  not compel the Portfolio  to dispose
     of such security or other asset.

                 The   Portfolio   has    adopted   the   following   investment
     restrictions  which may not be changed  without the approval of the holders
     of a  "majority of  the outstanding  voting securities"  of the  Portfolio,
     which as used  in this Part B  means the lesser of  (a) 67% or more  of the
     outstanding voting  securities of the  Portfolio present or represented  by
     proxy at  a meeting  if the  holders of  more than  50% of  the outstanding
     voting securities  of  the Portfolio  are  present  or represented  at  the
     meeting or (b)  more than 50% of  the outstanding voting securities  of the
     Portfolio.  The term "voting securities" as used in this paragraph has  the
     same meaning as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:    

              (1)     Purchase  securities  on  margin  (but  the Portfolio  may
     obtain such  short-term credits  as may be  necessary for the  clearance of
     purchases and  sales  of  securities).    The deposit  or  payment  by  the
     Portfolio  of  initial or  maintenance  margin in  connection  with futures
     contracts or related  options transactions  is not considered  the purchase
     of a security on margin;

              (2)  Make  short  sales  of  securities  or  maintain  a  short
     position, unless at all times when a  short position is open the  Portfolio
     owns an equal amount of such  securities or securities convertible into  or
     exchangeable, without payment of any further  consideration, for securities
     of  the same issue as,  and equal in amount to,  the securities sold short,
     and unless not more than 25%  of the net assets of the Portfolio (taken  at
     current  value) is held as collateral for such sales at any one time.  (The
     Portfolio  will  make   such  sales  only  for  the  purpose  of  deferring
     realization of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes);

                                         B-12
<PAGE>






              (3)     Purchase securities  of any  issuer if  such purchase,  at
     the  time  thereof, would  cause  more than  10%  of the  total outstanding
     voting securities of such issuer to be held by the Portfolio;

              (4)     Purchase or retain in its portfolio  any securities issued
     by  an  issuer any  of  whose  officers,  directors,  trustees or  security
     holders is  an officer  or Trustee  or is  a member,  officer, director  or
     trustee of any investment  adviser, if after the purchase of the securities
     of such  issuer  by  the  Portfolio  one  or  more  of  such  persons  owns
     beneficially more than  1/2 of 1% of the  shares or securities or both (all
     taken at  market value) of  such issuer and  such persons owning more  than
     1/2 of 1% of  such shares or securities together own beneficially more than
     5% of such shares or securities or both (all taken at market value);

              (5)     Underwrite or  participate in the marketing  of securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter in selling  a portfolio security under circumstances  which may
     require the registration of the same under  the Securities Act of 1933,  or
     participate on a joint or  a joint and several basis in any trading account
     in securities;

              (6)     Lend  any of  its  funds or  other  assets to  any person,
     directly or  indirectly, except (i) through  repurchase agreements and (ii)
     through the loan of  a portfolio security; (The purchase of a portion of an
     issue of  debt obligations,  whether or  not the  purchase is  made on  the
     original issuance, is not considered the making of a loan);

              (7)     Borrow money or pledge its assets in excess of 1/3 of  the
     value of its  net assets (excluding the  amount borrowed) and then  only if
     such borrowing  is incurred  as a  temporary measure  for extraordinary  or
     emergency  purposes  or  to  facilitate  the  orderly   sale  of  portfolio
     securities to  accommodate redemption requests;  or issue securities  other
     than  interests  in  the  Portfolio,  except  as  appropriate  to  evidence
     indebtedness, including reverse  repurchase agreements, which the Portfolio
     is permitted  to incur.  The  Portfolio will not  purchase securities while
     outstanding borrowings, including reverse repurchase  agreements, exceed 5%
     of  its total assets.   The  deposit of  cash, cash equivalents  and liquid
     debt  securities in a  segregated account with the  custodian and/or with a
     broker   in  connection   with  futures   contracts   or  related   options
     transactions and the  purchase of securities  on a  "when-issued" basis  is
     not deemed to be a pledge;

              (8)     Invest   for  the   purpose  of   exercising  control   or
     management of other companies;

              (9)     Purchase  or   sell   real   estate   (including   limited
     partnership  interests in  real estate,  but  excluding readily  marketable
     interests  in   real  estate  investment   trusts  or  readily   marketable
     securities  of companies which invest or  deal in real estate or securities
     which are secured by real estate);

              (10)    Purchase   or   sell  physical   commodities   or  futures

                                         B-13
<PAGE>






     contracts for the purchase or  sale of physical commodities,  provided that
     the Portfolio may enter into all  types of futures contracts on  securities
     and on securities,  economic and other  indices and may  purchase and  sell
     options on such futures contracts;

              (11)    Buy investment securities  from or sell them to any of the
     officers or  Trustees  of  the  Portfolio  or  its  investment  adviser  or
     placement agent, as principal;  however, any such person or concerns may be
     employed as a broker upon customary terms; or

              (12)    Purchase  oil, gas  or other  mineral  leases or  purchase
     partnership  interests  in  oil,  gas  or   other  mineral  exploration  or
     development programs.

              For  purposes of  the  investment restrictions  listed  above, the
     determination of  the "issuer"  of a  municipal obligation  which is not  a
     general obligation  bond will  be  made by  the Investment  Adviser on  the
     basis of the  characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant  of which is the source  of funds committed to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.

                 The  Portfolio has  adopted the  following  investment policies
     which may be changed  by the Portfolio  without approval of its  investors.
     The  Portfolio  may  not  invest  more  than  15%  of  its  net  assets  in
     investments  which  are   not  readily  marketable,   including  restricted
     securities  and repurchase  agreements maturing  in more  than seven  days.
     Restricted securities  for the purposes  of this limitation  do not include
     securities eligible for resale pursuant  to Rule 144A under  the Securities
     Act of 1933  and commercial paper issued  pursuant to Section 4(2)  of said
     Act that the Board of Trustees, or  its delegate, determines to be  liquid.
     The Portfolio  may not engage  in options, futures  or forward transactions
     if  more than 5%  of its  net assets, as  measured by the  aggregate of the
     premiums paid by the Portfolio, would be so invested.      
        
         

                 In order  to permit  the sale  in certain  states of  shares of
     certain  open-end   investment  companies  which   are  investors  in   the
     Portfolio,  the Portfolio  may  adopt policies  more  restrictive than  the
     policies described above.   Should the  Portfolio determine  that any  such
     policy  is no  longer  in  the best  interests  of  the Portfolio  and  its
     investors, it will revoke such policy.    

                 On  or about December  8, 1995, proposals will  be submitted to
     investors in  the  Portfolio that  would  eliminate, reclassify,  or  amend
     certain  of the Portfolio's  fundamental investment  restrictions.   If the
     proposals are  approved, fundamental investment  restrictions (3), (8)  and
     (11) above  will be  eliminated; fundamental  investment restrictions  (2),
     (4)  and  (12) above  will  be reclassified  as  non-fundamental investment
     restrictions; and  fundamental investment  restrictions (5),  (6), (7)  and
     (10) above will be amended to read as follows:    


                                         B-14
<PAGE>






                 (5)  Underwrite or  participate in the marketing  of securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter in selling  a portfolio security under circumstances  which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933.    

                 (6)  Make  loans to any person,  except by  (a) the acquisition
     of debt  instruments and  making portfolio investments,  (b) entering  into
     repurchase agreements and (c) lending portfolio securities.     

                 (7)  Borrow  money  or  issue  senior   securities,  except  as
     permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.    

                 (10) Purchase  or sell  physical commodities  or  contracts for
     the purchase or sale of physical commodities.    

        If the  proposals are approved,  the Portfolio's fundamental  investment
     restrictions will be reordered and renumbered.    

     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio

                 The Trustees  and officers of  the Portfolio  are listed below.
     Except as indicated,  each individual  has held the  office shown or  other
     offices in  the same  company for the  last five  years.  Unless  otherwise
     noted,  the business  address of  each Trustee  and  officer is  24 Federal
     Street,  Boston, Massachusetts  02110,  which is  also  the address  of the
     Portfolio's investment  adviser, Boston Management  and Research ("BMR"  or
     the "Investment  Adviser"),  which is  a wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Eaton
     Vance Management  ("Eaton Vance");  of  Eaton Vance's  parent, Eaton  Vance
     Corp.  ("EVC"); and of BMR's  and Eaton Vance's  trustee, Eaton Vance, Inc.
     ("EV").   Eaton  Vance and EV  are both  wholly-owned subsidiaries  of EVC.
     Those Trustees  who are "interested  persons" of the  Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance,  EVC  or  EV,  as defined  in  the  1940  Act,  by  virtue of  their
     affiliation with any  one or more of  the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton  Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk (*).    

                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO

        DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee    
     President   of  Dwight   Partners,   Inc.   (a  corporate   relations   and
     communications  company)  founded  in  1988;  Chairman  of   the  Board  of
     Newspapers  of  New England,  Inc.  since 1983.    Director  or Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768

        JAMES B. HAWKES (54), Vice President and Trustee*    
     Executive Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance,  EVC and EV, and  a Director
     of EVC  and EV.   Director  or Trustee  and officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

        SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee    
     Jacob  H.  Schiff  Professor  of  Investment  Banking,  Harvard  University
     Graduate  School of  Business  Administration.    Director  or  Trustee  of

                                         B-15
<PAGE>






     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address:  Harvard University  Graduate  School of  Business Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02134

        NORTON H. REAMER (60), Trustee    
        President and Director,  United Asset Management Corporation,  a holding
     company  owning  institutional  investment   management  firms.   Chairman,
     President  and Director, UAM Funds (mutual funds).   Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.    
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110

        JOHN L. THORNDIKE (69), Trustee    
        Director,  Fiduciary  Company  Incorporated.   Director  or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.    
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110

        JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee    
     Investment  Adviser  and  Consultant.    Director  or  Trustee  of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274

                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO

        THOMAS J. FETTER (52), President    
        Vice  President  of BMR,  Eaton  Vance  and  EV.    Officer  of  various
     investment  companies managed  by  Eaton  Vance or  BMR.   Mr.  Fetter  was
     elected President of the Portfolio on December 13, 1993.     

        ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (38), Vice President    
        Vice President of BMR since August 11, 1992, and  of Eaton Vance and EV.
     Employee  of Eaton  Vance since  March  8, 1991.    Fidelity Investments  -
     Portfolio Manager  (1986-1991).   Officer of  various investment  companies
     managed by Eaton  Vance or BMR.   Mr. MacIntosh was elected  Vice President
     of the Portfolio on March 22, 1993.    

        JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer    
     Vice President of  BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.   Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

        THOMAS OTIS (64), Secretary    
     Vice President and Secretary of BMR,  Eaton Vance, EVC and EV.  Officer  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

        JANET E. SANDERS (60), Assistant Secretary    
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

        A. JOHN MURPHY (32), Assistant Secretary    
        Assistant Vice  President  of BMR,  Eaton Vance  and EV  since March  1,
     1994; employee  of  Eaton  Vance  since  March  1993.    State  Regulations
     Supervisor,  The Boston  Company  (1991-1993) and  Registration Specialist,
     Fidelity  Management &  Research  Co.  (1986-1991).    Officer  of  various

                                         B-16
<PAGE>






     investment  companies  managed by  Eaton  Vance  or BMR.    Mr.  Murphy was
     elected Assistant Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.    

        ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary    
        Vice  President  of  BMR,  Eaton  Vance  and  EV  since  February  1993;
     formerly, associate attorney at Dechert, Price & Rhoads and Gaston &  Snow.
     Officer of  various investment  companies managed  by Eaton  Vance or  BMR.
     Mr.  Woodbury was elected Assistant Secretary of  the Portfolio on June 19,
     1995.    

        DAVID C. REILLY (38), Vice President    
        Vice President of  Eaton Vance since 1991  and of BMR since 1992.   Vice
     President  and  municipal bond  analyst,  Scudder, Stevens  &  Clark (1984-
     1991).   Officer of various investment companies managed  by Eaton Vance or
     BMR.   Mr. Reilly's  election as  Vice President is  effective December  1,
     1995.    

                 Messrs. Thorndike  (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer  are members of
     the Special Committee  of the Board of  Trustees.  The  Special Committee's
     functions  include  a  continuous review  of  the  Portfolio's  contractual
     relationship with  the Investment  Adviser, making  recommendations to  the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of  those Trustees who are  not members
     of  the  Eaton  Vance  organization,  and  making  recommendations  to  the
     Trustees regarding  candidates to fill  vacancies, as and  when they occur,
     in  the ranks of  those Trustees  who are  not "interested persons"  of the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.    

              Messrs.  Treynor (Chairman)  and Dwight are  members of  the Audit
     Committee of  the  Board of  Trustees.    The Audit  Committee's  functions
     include making recommendations  to the Trustees regarding the  selection of
     the  independent certified  public  accountants,  and reviewing  with  such
     accountants  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Portfolio  matters  relative  to
     accounting  and  auditing  practices and  procedures,  accounting  records,
     internal accounting controls, and  the functions performed by the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.

                 The  fees and expenses  of those Trustees of  the Portfolio who
     are  not  members  of  the  Eaton  Vance  organization  (the  noninterested
     Trustees) are paid  by the Portfolio.   (The Trustees of the  Portfolio who
     are members  of the Eaton  Vance organization receive  no compensation from
     the  Portfolio).    During  the  fiscal  year  ended  July  31,  1995,  the
     noninterested Trustees of  the Portfolio earned the  following compensation
     in  their  capacities as  Trustees of  the Portfolio  and, during  the year
     ended  September  30, 1995,  earned  the  following compensation  in  their
     capacities  as  Trustees  of  the  other  funds  in  the  Eaton Vance  fund
     complex(1):    







                                         B-17
<PAGE>







        
                                       Aggregate
                                       Compensation     Total Compensation 
     Name                              from Portfolio   from Fund Complex
     ----                              --------------   ------------------

     Donald R.
     Dwight                            $1,164(2)        $135,000(4)

     Samuel L.
     Hayes, III                          1,222(3)         150,000(5)

     Norton H.
     Reamer                              1,254            135,000

     John L.
     Thorndike                           1,336            140,000

     Jack L.
     Treynor                             1,235            140,000

         

        (1)   The  Eaton   Vance  fund   complex  consists  of   211  registered
              investment companies or series thereof.    
        (2)   Includes $294 of deferred compensation.    
        (3)   Includes $393 of deferred compensation.    
        (4)   Includes $35,000 of deferred compensation.    
        (5)   Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.    


                 Trustees of the  Portfolio who are not affiliated with  BMR may
     elect  to defer  receipt of all  or a  percentage of  their annual  fees in
     accordance with the  terms of a  Trustees Deferred  Compensation Plan  (the
     "Plan").   Under  the Plan,  an  eligible Trustee  may  elect to  have  his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio  in the shares of one or more funds
     in  the Eaton Vance  Family of Funds, and  the amount paid  to the Trustees
     under  the Plan  will be  determined  based upon  the  performance of  such
     investments.  Deferral of Trustees'  fees in accordance with the Plan  will
     have a  negligible effect on  the Portfolio's assets,  liabilities, and net
     income  per  share, and  will  not  obligate the  Portfolio  to  retain the
     services  of any Trustee  or obligate the  Portfolio to  pay any particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee.    

              The  Portfolio's  Declaration  of  Trust  provides  that  it  will
     indemnify  its  Trustees  and officers  against  liabilities  and  expenses
     incurred in  connection  with litigation  in  which  they may  be  involved
     because of  their offices with  the Portfolio, unless,  as to  liability to

                                         B-18
<PAGE>






     the  Portfolio  or its  investors,  it  is  finally  adjudicated that  they
     engaged  in willful  misfeasance, bad faith,  gross negligence  or reckless
     disregard of  the duties involved in their offices,  or unless with respect
     to any  other matter it  is finally  adjudicated that they  did not act  in
     good faith  in the reasonable  belief that their  actions were in the  best
     interests  of   the  Portfolio.     In   the  case   of  settlement,   such
     indemnification will not  be provided unless  it has  been determined by  a
     court or other body approving the settlement or  other disposition, or by a
     reasonable  determination, based upon a  review of readily available facts,
     by vote of a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a written  opinion of
     independent counsel, that  such officers or  Trustees have  not engaged  in
     willful misfeasance, bad  faith, gross negligence or reckless  disregard of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities 

                 As  of November 14,  1995, EV Marathon Minnesota  Tax Free Fund
     (the "Marathon  Fund"), a  series of  Eaton Vance  Municipals Trust,  owned
     approximately 95.4%  of  the value  of  the  outstanding interests  in  the
     Portfolio.  Because the  Marathon Fund controls the Portfolio, it  may take
     actions without the approval  of any other investor.  The Marathon Fund has
     informed the Portfolio  that whenever  it is requested  to vote on  matters
     pertaining to  the fundamental policies  of the  Portfolio, it will  hold a
     meeting  of  shareholders and  will  cast its  votes  as instructed  by its
     shareholders.   It is anticipated that any other  investor in the Portfolio
     which is an investment  company registered under the 1940 Act  would follow
     the same or a similar practice.    

     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services

                 Investment Adviser.   The  Portfolio engages BMR  as investment
     adviser  pursuant to  an  Investment Advisory  Agreement dated  October 13,
     1992.    BMR  or  Eaton  Vance acts  as  investment  adviser  to investment
     companies and  various individual and  institutional clients with  combined
     assets under management of approximately $16 billion.    

                 BMR  manages  the  investments  and  affairs of  the  Portfolio
     subject to  the  supervision of  the Portfolio's  Board of  Trustees.   BMR
     furnishes to  the Portfolio  investment research,  advice and  supervision,
     furnishes  an  investment program  and determines  what securities  will be
     purchased, held or sold by the  Portfolio and what portion, if any, of  the
     Portfolio's  assets  will be  held  uninvested.    The Investment  Advisory
     Agreement requires BMR to  pay the  salaries and fees  of all officers  and
     Trustees of the Portfolio  who are members of the BMR organization  and all
     personnel of  BMR performing  services relating to  research and investment
     activities.   The Portfolio is  responsible for all  expenses not expressly
     stated to  be  payable by  BMR  under  the Investment  Advisory  Agreement,
     including,  without implied  limitation, (i)  expenses  of maintaining  the
     Portfolio and continuing its existence, (ii) registration  of the Portfolio
     under the  1940 Act, (iii)  commissions, fees and  other expenses connected
     with the  acquisition,  holding and  disposition  of securities  and  other
     investments, (iv) auditing,  accounting and legal expenses,  (v) taxes  and

                                         B-19
<PAGE>






     interest,  (vi)  governmental  fees,  (vii)  expenses  of  issue, sale  and
     redemption of  interests in the Portfolio,  (viii) expenses  of registering
     and qualifying the Portfolio and  interests in the Portfolio  under federal
     and  state  securities  laws and  of  preparing  and printing  registration
     statements or other  offering statements or memoranda for such purposes and
     for  distributing  the   same  to  investors,  and  fees  and  expenses  of
     registering  and  maintaining registrations  of  the Portfolio  and  of the
     Portfolio's  placement  agent   as  broker-dealer  or  agent   under  state
     securities laws, (ix) expenses  of reports and notices to investors  and of
     meetings  of investors and  proxy solicitations  therefor, (x)  expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions,  (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees,  expenses and disbursements
     of  custodians  and  subcustodians  for  all  services   to  the  Portfolio
     (including without limitation  safekeeping for funds, securities  and other
     investments, keeping of books,  accounts and records, and  determination of
     net asset values,  book capital account  balances and  tax capital  account
     balances),  (xiv) fees,  expenses  and  disbursements of  transfer  agents,
     dividend disbursing  agents, investor servicing  agents and registrars  for
     all services to the  Portfolio, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges  to investors approved by  the Trustees
     of  the Portfolio,  (xvii)  compensation and  expenses  of Trustees  of the
     Portfolio who are  not members  of the BMR  organization, and (xviii)  such
     nonrecurring items as may arise, including expenses incurred in  connection
     with  litigation,   proceedings  and  claims  and  the  obligation  of  the
     Portfolio to indemnify  its Trustees, officers and  investors with  respect
     thereto.    

                 For  a description of the compensation  that the Portfolio pays
     BMR under  the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement,  see  "Management  of  the
     Portfolio" in Part A.   As at July 31,  1995, the Portfolio had  net assets
     of $82,967,696.  For  the fiscal  year ended July  31, 1995, the  Portfolio
     paid BMR advisory fees of $310,489 (equivalent to  0.37% of the Portfolio's
     average daily net  assets for such year).   For the  ten months ended  July
     31, 1994, the Portfolio  paid BMR advisory fees of  $228,154 (equivalent to
     0.36% (annualized) of  the Portfolio's average  daily net  assets for  such
     period).   For the period from the  start of business, February 1, 1993, to
     the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1993, the Portfolio paid  BMR advisory
     fees  of $107,030  (equivalent  to 0.30%  (annualized)  of the  Portfolio's
     average daily net assets for such period).    

                 The Investment  Advisory Agreement  with BMR remains  in effect
     until February  28, 1996.  It  may be continued indefinitely  thereafter so
     long  as  such continuance  after February  28, 1996  is approved  at least
     annually (i) by  the vote of  a majority of the  Trustees of the  Portfolio
     who are not  interested persons of the Portfolio  or of BMR cast  in person
     at  a  meeting  specifically called  for  the  purpose  of  voting on  such
     approval and (ii) by the Board  of Trustees of the Portfolio or  by vote of
     a majority  of the  outstanding voting  securities of the  Portfolio.   The
     Agreement may  be  terminated at  any time  without penalty  on sixty  (60)
     days' written notice by the Board  of Trustees of either party, or  by vote
     of the  majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and
     the Agreement will  terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

                                         B-20
<PAGE>






     The Agreement provides that  BMR may render  services to others and  engage
     in other  business activities and may  permit other fund  clients and other
     corporations and  organizations to use  the words "Eaton  Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" in their names.   The Agreement also provides that
     BMR  shall not  be liable  for any  loss  incurred in  connection with  the
     performance  of  its   duties,  or  action  taken  or  omitted  under  that
     Agreement,  in  the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  gross
     negligence in the  performance of its duties  or by reason of  its reckless
     disregard  of its  obligations  and duties  thereunder,  or for  any losses
     sustained in the  acquisition, holding or  disposition of  any security  or
     other investment.    

                 BMR is a  wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance.   Eaton Vance
     and EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries  of EVC.  BMR and Eaton Vance are
     both Massachusetts business trusts,  and EV is the trustee of BMR and Eaton
     Vance.   The Directors of EV  are Landon T.  Clay, H. Day  Brigham, Jr., M.
     Dozier Gardner,  James  B.  Hawkes,  and  Benjamin A.  Rowland,  Jr.    The
     Directors of EVC consist of the same persons and John G.L. Cabot and  Ralph
     Z. Sorenson.  Mr. Clay is chairman  and Mr. Gardner is president and  chief
     executive officer  of EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.   All of the issued and
     outstanding shares  of Eaton  Vance and EV  are owned by  EVC.  All  of the
     issued and outstanding shares of BMR are  owned by Eaton Vance.  All shares
     of the  outstanding Voting Common  Stock of EVC  are deposited in a  Voting
     Trust,  which expires on  December 31, 1996,  the Voting  Trustees of which
     are  Messrs.  Clay, Brigham,  Gardner,  Hawkes  and  Rowland.   The  Voting
     Trustees have unrestricted voting rights  for the election of  Directors of
     EVC.   All  of the  outstanding voting  trust  receipts issued  under  said
     Voting  Trust are owned by  certain of the officers  of BMR and Eaton Vance
     who  are also  officers and Directors  of EVC  and EV.   As of  October 31,
     1995, Messrs. Clay, Gardner  and Hawkes each owned 24% of such voting trust
     receipts, and Messrs.  Rowland and Brigham owned 15% and 13%, respectively,
     of such  voting trust receipts.   Messrs. Hawkes  and Otis are officers  or
     Trustees of  the Portfolio and are members  of the EVC, Investment Adviser,
     Eaton  Vance  and EV  organizations.   Messrs.  Fetter,  MacIntosh, Murphy,
     O'Connor, Reilly and Woodbury and Ms.  Sanders are officers or Trustees  of
     the  Portfolio  and  are  also members  of  the  BMR,  Eaton  Vance and  EV
     organizations.    BMR will  receive  the  fees  paid  under the  Investment
     Advisory Agreement.    

                 Eaton  Vance owns  all of  the stock  of Energex  Energy Corp.,
     which is engaged in oil and gas operations.  In addition,  Eaton Vance owns
     all of the  stock of Northeast Properties,  Inc., which is engaged  in real
     estate investment, consulting  and management.  EVC  owns all of the  stock
     of  Fulcrum Management,  Inc.  and MinVen  Inc., which  are engaged  in the
     development of precious metal properties.  EVC  also owns 21% of the  Class
     A  shares  of  Lloyd  George  Management  (B.V.I.)  Limited,  a  registered
     investment adviser.   EVC,  BMR, Eaton  Vance and  EV may  also enter  into
     other businesses.    

              EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from  time
     to time  have transactions with  various banks, including  the custodian of
     the  Portfolio,  Investors Bank  &  Trust Company.    It  is Eaton  Vance's

                                         B-21
<PAGE>






     opinion that  the terms and  conditions of  such transactions were  not and
     will not  be  influenced  by  existing  or  potential  custodial  or  other
     relationships between the Portfolio and such banks.

                 Custodian.  Investors Bank & Trust Company  ("IBT"), 24 Federal
     Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, acts as  custodian for the  Portfolio.  IBT
     has the custody  of all of  the Portfolio's  assets, maintains the  general
     ledger  of  the  Portfolio,  and computes  the  daily  net  asset  value of
     interests in the  Portfolio.   In such capacity  it attends  to details  in
     connection with the sale, exchange,  substitution or transfer of,  or other
     dealings  with, the  Portfolio's investments,  receives  and disburses  all
     funds,  and  performs various  other  ministerial  duties upon  receipt  of
     proper  instructions  from the  Portfolio.    IBT  charges  fees which  are
     competitive within the industry.  A portion of  the fee relates to custody,
     bookkeeping and  valuation  services and  is  based  upon a  percentage  of
     Portfolio net assets and a portion of the fee relates to activity  charges,
     primarily the number of portfolio transactions.
     These fees  are  then  reduced  by  a  credit  for  cash  balances  of  the
     particular investment company at  the custodian equal to 75% of the 91-day,
     U.S.  Treasury  Bill  auction rate  applied  to  the  particular investment
     company's average daily collected balances  for the week.  Landon T.  Clay,
     a Director  of EVC and an officer, Trustee or  Director of other members of
     the Eaton Vance organization,  owns approximately 13% of the  stock of IBT.
     Management believes  that  such ownership  does  not create  an  affiliated
     person relationship between the Portfolio and IBT under the 1940 Act.   For
     the fiscal  year ended July  31, 1995, the  Portfolio paid IBT $20,399  for
     its services as custodian.    

                 Independent Certified  Public Accountants.   Deloitte  & Touche
     LLP,  125  Summer  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts,   are  the  independent
     certified public accountants  for the Portfolio, providing  audit services,
     tax return preparation,  and assistance  and consultation  with respect  to
     the preparation of filings with the Commission.    

     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

                 Decisions   concerning  the  execution  of  portfolio  security
     transactions,  including the  selection  of the  market  and the  executing
     firm,  are made  by BMR.    BMR is  also responsible  for the  execution of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.    

                 BMR   places  the  portfolio   security  transactions   of  the
     Portfolio and of  all other accounts managed by  it for execution with many
     firms.    BMR  uses  its  best efforts  to  obtain  execution  of portfolio
     security transactions  at prices  which are  advantageous to  the Portfolio
     and at  reasonably competitive spreads  or (when a  disclosed commission is
     being charged)  at reasonably  competitive commission  rates.   In  seeking
     such execution, BMR will use its best  judgment in evaluating the terms  of
     a  transaction  and will  give  consideration to  various  relevant factors
     including, without  limitation, the size  and type of  the transaction, the
     nature and character of the  market for the security,  the confidentiality,
     speed and certainty  of effective execution required  for the  transaction,

                                         B-22
<PAGE>






     the general execution  and operational capabilities of  the executing firm,
     the  reputation, reliability,  experience and  financial  condition of  the
     firm,  the value and quality of  the services rendered by  the firm in this
     and   other  transactions,   and  the  reasonableness   of  the  spread  or
     commission,   if   any.     Municipal   obligations,  including   Minnesota
     obligations, purchased  and sold by  the Portfolio are  generally traded in
     the  over-the-counter  market on  a  net basis  (i.e.,  without commission)
     through broker-dealers and banks acting  for their own account  rather than
     as brokers, or otherwise involve  transactions directly with the  issuer of
     such obligations.  Such firms  attempt to profit from such transactions  by
     buying at  the bid  price and  selling at  the  higher asked  price of  the
     market for such obligations,  and the difference between the  bid and asked
     price is customarily referred  to as  the spread.   The Portfolio may  also
     purchase municipal obligations  from underwriters,  the cost  of which  may
     include undisclosed fees and concessions to the  underwriters.  While it is
     anticipated  that  the   Portfolio  will  not  pay   significant  brokerage
     commissions in  connection with  such portfolio  security transactions,  on
     occasion it may be  necessary or appropriate to purchase or sell a security
     through a  broker on  an agency  basis, in  which case  the Portfolio  will
     incur  a  brokerage   commission.    Although  spreads  or  commissions  on
     portfolio  security  transactions   will,  in  the  judgment  of   BMR,  be
     reasonable in  relation to the  value of the services  provided, spreads or
     commissions  exceeding those which another firm might charge may be paid to
     firms who were  selected to execute transactions on behalf of the Portfolio
     and BMR's  other clients for  providing brokerage and  research services to
     BMR.    

                 As  authorized in Section 28(e) of  the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934, a broker or dealer who executes  a portfolio transaction on behalf
     of the Portfolio may receive a commission which is  in excess of the amount
     of commission another  broker or dealer  would have  charged for  effecting
     that transaction if BMR determines  in good faith that such commission  was
     reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and  research services
     provided.   This determination  may be  made on  the basis  of either  that
     particular transaction  or on the  basis of overall responsibilities  which
     BMR  and  its  affiliates  have  for  accounts  over  which  they  exercise
     investment discretion.   In  making any  such determination,  BMR will  not
     attempt to  place a  specific dollar  value on  the brokerage and  research
     services provided or to determine what portion of the commission should  be
     related to  such services.   Brokerage  and research  services may  include
     advice as  to the value  of securities, the  advisability of  investing in,
     purchasing or  selling securities, and  the availability  of securities  or
     purchasers  or  sellers  of securities;  furnishing  analyses  and  reports
     concerning issuers, industries,  securities, economic  factors and  trends,
     portfolio strategy  and the performance  of accounts; effecting  securities
     transactions   and  performing  functions   incidental  thereto   (such  as
     clearance and settlement); and the  "Research Services" referred to  in the
     next paragraph.    

                 It is  a common practice  of the  investment advisory  industry
     and  of  the  advisers  of  investment  companies,  institutions  and other
     investors to  receive research, statistical  and quotation services,  data,

                                         B-23
<PAGE>






     information and other services,  products and  materials which assist  such
     advisers   in  the   performance   of  their   investment  responsibilities
     ("Research  Services") from  broker-dealer  firms which  execute  portfolio
     transactions for the clients  of such advisers and from third  parties with
     which  such  broker-dealers  have  arrangements.     Consistent  with  this
     practice,  BMR receives  Research Services  from  many broker-dealer  firms
     with which BMR places the  Portfolio's transactions and from  third parties
     with  which  these  broker-dealers  have  arrangements.     These  Research
     Services include  such  matters as  general  economic and  market  reviews,
     industry  and company  reviews,  evaluations  of securities  and  portfolio
     strategies and  transactions and  recommendations as  to  the purchase  and
     sale of  securities and other  portfolio transactions, financial,  industry
     and  trade  publications,  news  and  information   services,  pricing  and
     quotation equipment and services, and research  oriented computer hardware,
     software,  data  bases  and  services.    Any  particular  Research Service
     obtained through  a broker-dealer  may be  used by  BMR in connection  with
     client accounts other  than those accounts  which pay  commissions to  such
     broker-dealer.   Any such  Research Service  may be  broadly useful  and of
     value  to  BMR  in  rendering investment  advisory  services  to  all  or a
     significant portion of its  clients, or may be relevant and useful  for the
     management of only one client's account or  of a few clients' accounts,  or
     may be useful  for the management of  merely a segment of  certain clients'
     accounts,  regardless  of  whether  any  such  account  or  accounts   paid
     commissions  to the broker-dealer through  which such  Research Service was
     obtained.  The  advisory fee paid by  the Portfolio is not  reduced because
     BMR receives such Research Services.  BMR  evaluates the nature and quality
     of  the various Research Services  obtained through broker-dealer firms and
     attempts to allocate  sufficient commissions to  such firms  to ensure  the
     continued receipt  of Research Services which BMR believes are useful or of
     value to it in rendering investment advisory services to its clients.    

                 Subject to the requirement that BMR shall use its best  efforts
     to seek  and execute portfolio security transactions at advantageous prices
     and  at  reasonably  competitive   spreads  or  commission  rates,  BMR  is
     authorized to  consider as a factor in the selection  of any firm with whom
     portfolio  orders may  be placed  the fact  that such  firm has  sold or is
     selling shares of any  investment company sponsored by BMR or  Eaton Vance.
     This policy is not inconsistent with a rule  of the National Association of
     Securities Dealers,  Inc., which  rule  provides that  no firm  which is  a
     member  of the  Association  shall favor  or  disfavor the  distribution of
     shares  of  any  particular  investment  company  or  group  of  investment
     companies on the  basis of brokerage  commissions received  or expected  by
     such firm from any source.    

                 Municipal  obligations  considered  as   investments  for   the
     Portfolio may also  be appropriate for other investment accounts managed by
     BMR or its affiliates.   BMR will attempt  to allocate equitably  portfolio
     security transactions among the Portfolio  and the portfolios of  its other
     investment  accounts  purchasing municipal  obligations  whenever decisions
     are made  to purchase or sell securities  by the Portfolio and  one or more
     of such other  accounts simultaneously.   In making  such allocations,  the
     main factors to be considered  are the respective investment  objectives of

                                         B-24
<PAGE>






     the  Portfolio and  such  other accounts,  the  relative size  of portfolio
     holdings of the  same or comparable  securities, the  availability of  cash
     for investment  by the Portfolio and such accounts,  the size of investment
     commitments  generally held  by  the Portfolio  and  such accounts  and the
     opinions of the  persons responsible  for recommending  investments to  the
     Portfolio  and  such  accounts.     While  this  procedure  could   have  a
     detrimental  effect on the price  or amount of  the securities available to
     the Portfolio from time  to time, it is the opinion  of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio that  the benefits  available from the  BMR organization outweigh
     any   disadvantage  that   may   arise   from  exposure   to   simultaneous
     transactions.    

                 For the fiscal  year ended  July 31, 1995, for  the ten  months
     ended  July 31,  1994,  and for  the  period from  the  start of  business,
     February  1,  1993, to  the  fiscal  year  ended September  30,  1993,  the
     Portfolio paid no brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.    

     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

              Under  the  Portfolio's Declaration  of  Trust,  the  Trustees are
     authorized to issue interests in the Portfolio.   Investors are entitled to
     participate pro rata  in distributions of  taxable income,  loss, gain  and
     credit of the Portfolio.   Upon dissolution of the  Portfolio, the Trustees
     shall liquidate  the assets of the  Portfolio and apply  and distribute the
     proceeds thereof as follows:  (a) first,  to the payment  of all debts  and
     obligations  of   the  Portfolio  to   third  parties  including,   without
     limitation, the retirement  of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of  record  of interests  in  the  Portfolio ("Holders")  or  their
     affiliates, and the expenses  of liquidation, and to the setting up  of any
     reserves  for contingencies  which  may be  necessary;  and (b)  second, in
     accordance with the Holders'  positive Book Capital Account balances  after
     adjusting Book Capital  Accounts for  certain allocations  provided in  the
     Declaration of Trust and in  accordance with the requirements  described in
     Treasury Regulations  Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine  that an immediate sale of  part
     or  all of  the  assets of  the Portfolio  would  cause undue  loss to  the
     Holders,  the Trustees,  in order  to avoid  such loss,  may, after  having
     given  notification to all  the Holders, to the  extent not then prohibited
     by  the law of  any jurisdiction in  which the Portfolio is  then formed or
     qualified and applicable in the circumstances, either  defer liquidation of
     and  withhold from  distribution for a  reasonable time  any assets  of the
     Portfolio except  those  necessary to  satisfy  the Portfolio's  debts  and
     obligations  or  distribute  the  Portfolio's  assets  to  the  Holders  in
     liquidation.   Interests in the  Portfolio have no preference,  preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and  are fully paid and  nonassessable, except
     as set forth below.   Interests  in the Portfolio  may not be  transferred.
     Certificates  representing an  investor's  interest  in the  Portfolio  are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

              Each Holder  is entitled to vote  in proportion  to the amount  of
     its interest  in the  Portfolio.   Holders  do not  have cumulative  voting
     rights.   The Portfolio  is not  required and  has no current  intention to

                                         B-25
<PAGE>






     hold annual meetings of  Holders, but the  Portfolio will hold meetings  of
     Holders when  in the judgment of  the Portfolio's Trustees  it is necessary
     or desirable  to submit matters  to a vote  of Holders at  a meeting.   Any
     action which  may be taken  by Holders  may be taken  without a meeting  if
     Holders holding more  than 50% of all  interests entitled to vote  (or such
     larger proportion thereof as shall be required by any express provision  of
     the Declaration  of  Trust of  the  Portfolio)  consent to  the  action  in
     writing  and  the  consents  are filed  with  the  records  of  meetings of
     Holders.

                 The Portfolio's Declaration of Trust may be amended by vote  of
     Holders of more than  50% of all interests in the Portfolio  at any meeting
     of  Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority  of the Trustees and consented to by  the Holders of more than 50%
     of  all interests.   The Trustees may also  amend the  Declaration of Trust
     (without the vote or consent of Holders) to change the Portfolio's name  or
     the state or  other jurisdiction whose law  shall be the governing  law, to
     supply  any  omission  or  cure,  correct  or  supplement   any  ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision,  to conform  the Declaration of  Trust
     to applicable  federal law  or regulations  or to the  requirements of  the
     Internal  Revenue Code,  or  to change,  modify  or rescind  any provision,
     provided that such  change, modification or rescission is determined by the
     Trustees to  be  necessary or  appropriate  and not  to have  a  materially
     adverse effect on the  financial interests of the Holders.  No amendment of
     the Declaration of Trust which would change any rights with respect to  any
     Holder's interest in the Portfolio  by reducing the amount  payable thereon
     upon liquidation of  the Portfolio  may be made,  except with  the vote  or
     consent of the  Holders of two-thirds of all  interests.  References in the
     Declaration  of  Trust and  in  Part  A  or  this  Part B  to  a  specified
     percentage of,  or fraction of,  interests in the  Portfolio, means Holders
     whose  combined Book  Capital  Account  balances represent  such  specified
     percentage or  fraction of  the combined  Book Capital  Account balance  of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.    

              The   Portfolio  may   merge   or  consolidate   with   any  other
     corporation,  association,  trust  or  other organization  or  may  sell or
     exchange  all or  substantially  all  of its  assets  upon such  terms  and
     conditions  and  for such  consideration  when  and  as  authorized by  the
     Holders  of (a) 67%  or more of  the interests in the  Portfolio present or
     represented  at the meeting of Holders, if Holders  of more than 50% of all
     interests are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than  50% of all
     interests, whichever is less.  The Portfolio  may be terminated (i) by  the
     affirmative vote of  Holders of not less  than two-thirds of all  interests
     at  any meeting  of  Holders  or by  an  instrument  in writing  without  a
     meeting,  executed  by a  majority  of  the Trustees  and  consented  to by
     Holders of  not less  than  two-thirds of  all interests,  or (ii)  by  the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.

                 In  accordance with  the Declaration  of Trust,  there normally
     will be no meetings  of the investors for the purpose of  electing Trustees
     unless and until such time as less than a  majority of the Trustees holding
     office have been  elected by investors.  In such  an event, the Trustees of

                                         B-26
<PAGE>






     the Portfolio  then  in office  will  call an  investors' meeting  for  the
     election of Trustees.  Except  for the foregoing circumstances,  and unless
     removed  by action  of  the investors  in  accordance with  the Portfolio's
     Declaration of  Trust, the Trustees shall  continue to hold office  and may
     appoint successor Trustees.    

                 The Declaration of  Trust provides  that no person shall  serve
     as a Trustee if investors  holding two-thirds of the  outstanding interests
     have  removed him from  that office either by  a written  declaration or by
     votes cast at a meeting called for that purpose.  The Declaration  of Trust
     further provides that under certain  circumstances, the investors may  call
     a meeting  to  remove a  Trustee  and that  the  Portfolio is  required  to
     provide  assistance   in  communicating   with  investors   about  such   a
     meeting.    

                 The Portfolio is organized  as a  trust under the  laws of  the
     State of  New York.   Investors in  the Portfolio  will be held  personally
     liable  for   its  obligations  and   liabilities,  subject,  however,   to
     indemnification by the  Portfolio in the event  that there is  imposed upon
     an investor  a greater portion  of the liabilities  and obligations of  the
     Portfolio than its  proportionate interest in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio
     intends to maintain  fidelity and errors  and omissions   insurance  deemed
     adequate by  the Trustees.   Therefore, the  risk of an  investor incurring
     financial   loss  on   account  of   investor   liability  is   limited  to
     circumstances  in which both inadequate insurance  exists and the Portfolio
     itself is unable to meet its obligations.    

              The Declaration of Trust further provides that obligations  of the
     Portfolio are  not binding upon the Trustees individually but only upon the
     property of the Portfolio and that the Trustees will  not be liable for any
     action or failure to act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust  protects
     a Trustee against any  liability to which he would otherwise be  subject by
     reason of  willful misfeasance, bad  faith, gross  negligence, or  reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities 

              Interests  in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the Securities  Act of 1933.  See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.

     Item 20.  Tax Status

                 The Portfolio has been  advised by tax  counsel that,  provided
     the Portfolio is operated at all  times during its existence in  accordance
     with  certain  organizational  and  operational  documents,  the  Portfolio
     should be  classified as a partnership  under the Internal Revenue  Code of
     1986,  as amended (the  "Code"), and  it should  not be a  "publicly traded
     partnership"   within  the   meaning   of  Section   7704   of  the   Code.
     Consequently, the Portfolio  does not expect  that it  will be required  to
     pay any  federal income tax,  and a  Holder will be  required to  take into

                                         B-27
<PAGE>






     account in determining its  federal income tax  liability its share of  the
     Portfolio's   income,  gains,   losses,   deductions  and   tax  preference
     items.    

                 Under Subchapter K of the Code, a partnership is considered  to
     be either an aggregate of its members  or a separate entity depending  upon
     the factual  and legal  context in  which  the question  arises. Under  the
     aggregate approach,  each partner is  treated as an  owner of  an undivided
     interest  in partnership assets and  operations. Under the entity approach,
     the partnership is  treated as a separate entity  in which partners have no
     direct  interest in  partnership assets and  operations. The  Portfolio has
     been advised by tax  counsel that, in  the case of  a Holder that seeks  to
     qualify  as  a RIC,  the  aggregate approach  should  apply, and  each such
     Holder should accordingly be  deemed to own a  proportionate share of  each
     of the assets of the  Portfolio and to be  entitled to the gross income  of
     the Portfolio attributable to that  share for purposes of  all requirements
     of Sections 851(b)  and 852(b)(5) of  the Code. Further, the  Portfolio has
     been advised by  tax counsel that  each Holder that seeks  to qualify as  a
     RIC should  be deemed to  hold its proportionate  share of  the Portfolio's
     assets for the period the  Portfolio has held the assets or for  the period
     the  Holder has  been an investor  in the Portfolio,  whichever is shorter.
     Investors  should consult  their tax advisers  regarding whether the entity
     or the aggregate approach  applies to their investment in  the Portfolio in
     light of their particular tax status  and any special tax rules  applicable
     to them.    

                 In order to enable a Holder in  the Portfolio that is otherwise
     eligible to  qualify  as  a  RIC,  the Portfolio  intends  to  satisfy  the
     requirements of Subchapter M of the Code relating  to sources of income and
     diversification  of assets as if they were  applicable to the Portfolio and
     to allocate and  permit withdrawals in a  manner that will enable  a Holder
     which is  a RIC  to comply  with those  requirements.   The Portfolio  will
     allocate at least  annually to  each Holder its  distributive share of  the
     Portfolio's  net taxable  (if any)  and tax-exempt  investment  income, net
     realized capital  gains,  and  any  other  items  of  income,  gain,  loss,
     deduction  or credit  in  a manner  intended to  comply  with the  Code and
     applicable  Treasury regulations.   Tax counsel  has advised  the Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's  allocations of taxable  income and  loss should  have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.    

                 To  the extent the  cash proceeds of any  withdrawal (or, under
     certain circumstances,  such  proceeds plus  the  value of  any  marketable
     securities  distributed  to  an  investor)  ("liquid  proceeds")  exceed  a
     Holder's adjusted  basis of his interest in  the Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally realize  a  gain for  federal  income tax  purposes. If,  upon  a
     complete  withdrawal (redemption  of  the  entire interest),  the  Holder's
     adjusted basis  of  his  interest  exceeds  the  liquid  proceeds  of  such
     withdrawal, the Holder  will generally realize  a loss  for federal  income
     tax  purposes.  The  tax consequences of a  withdrawal of property (instead
     of or in addition  to liquid proceeds) will be different and will depend on
     the specific  factual  circumstances.   A  Holder's  adjusted basis  of  an
     interest  in the  Portfolio  will generally  be  the aggregate  prices paid

                                         B-28
<PAGE>






     therefor (including  the adjusted  basis  of contributed  property and  any
     gain recognized  on such  contribution), increased  by the  amounts of  the
     Holder's distributive share  of items of income (including  interest income
     exempt from  federal income tax)  and realized net  gain of the  Portfolio,
     and  reduced, but  not  below zero,  by  (i) the  amounts  of the  Holder's
     distributive share of items of Portfolio loss,  and (ii) the amount of  any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest  income exempt from
     federal  income  tax  and  cash  distributions   on  withdrawals  from  the
     Portfolio)  and the basis  to the Holder of  any property  received by such
     Holder  other  than in  liquidation,  and (iii)  the  Holder's distributive
     share  of   the  Portfolio's   nondeductible   expenditures  not   properly
     chargeable  to capital account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's share
     of the Portfolio's liabilities  may also result in corresponding  increases
     or decreases  in such adjusted basis.  Distributions  of liquid proceeds in
     excess  of a  Holder's adjusted  basis  in its  interest  in the  Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto  generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.    

                 The  Portfolio  may acquire  zero  coupon  or  other securities
     issued with  original issue discount.   As the holder of  those securities,
     the  Portfolio  must account  for  the  original  issue  discount (even  on
     municipal  securities) that  accrues on  the securities  during the taxable
     year, even  if  it receives  no  corresponding  payment on  the  securities
     during  the  year.    Because each  Holder  that  is  a  RIC annually  must
     distribute  substantially all of its investment  company taxable income and
     net tax-exempt  income, including any  original issue discount, to  qualify
     for treatment as  a RIC, any  such Holder may  be required in  a particular
     year  to distribute  as  an "exempt-interest  dividend"  an amount  that is
     greater  than its  proportionate  share of  the  total amount  of cash  the
     Portfolio actually receives.   Those distributions  will be  made from  the
     Holder's  cash assets,  if any,  or  from its  proportionate  share of  the
     Portfolio's  cash  assets or  the  proceeds  of  sales  of the  Portfolio's
     securities,  if necessary.    The Portfolio  may  realize capital  gains or
     losses from  those sales, which  would increase or  decrease the investment
     company  taxable income and/or  net capital gain  (the excess  of net long-
     term  capital gain over net short-term capital  loss) of a Holder that is a
     RIC.   In addition,  any such gains  may be realized  on the disposition of
     securities held  for less  than three months.   Because of  the Short-Short
     Limitation (defined  below), any  such gains  would reduce the  Portfolio's
     ability to sell  other securities, or  options or  futures contracts,  held
     for less  than three  months that  it might  wish to  sell in the  ordinary
     course of its portfolio management.    

                 Investments in  lower rated  or unrated securities  may present
     special  tax issues  for  the Portfolio  and hence  to  an investor  in the
     Portfolio to the extent actual or  anticipated defaults may be more  likely
     with respect to  such securities.  Tax  rules are not entirely  clear about
     issues such  as when the Portfolio  may cease to accrue  interest, original
     issue discount, or market discount; when and to what  extent deductions may
     be taken for  bad debts or  worthless securities; how payments  received on
     obligations  in default should be  allocated between  principal and income;
     and whether  exchanges  of  debt  obligations  in  a  workout  context  are

                                         B-29
<PAGE>






     taxable.    

                 In order for a  Holder that is a RIC to  be entitled to pay the
     tax-exempt   interest   income   the   Portfolio   allocates   to   it   as
     exempt-interest  dividends to  its shareholders,  the  Holder must  satisfy
     certain requirements, including  the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value  of its total assets
     consists of  obligations the  interest on  which is  excludable from  gross
     income  under  Section 103(a)  of  the  Code.   The  Portfolio  intends  to
     concentrate  its investments in  such tax-exempt  obligations to  an extent
     that will enable a RIC that invests its  investable assets in the Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.     

                 Interest on certain municipal obligations  is treated as a  tax
     preference  item  for purposes  of  the  federal  alternative minimum  tax.
     Holders  that are required to file  federal income tax returns are required
     to report tax-exempt  interest allocated to  them by the Portfolio  on such
     returns.    

                 From  time  to  time  proposals  have  been  introduced  before
     Congress for the purpose of  restricting or eliminating the  federal income
     tax exemption for interest on  certain types of municipal  obligations, and
     it can be expected that similar proposals may  be introduced in the future.
     Under  federal tax  legislation  enacted in  1986,  the federal  income tax
     exemption  for interest on certain municipal  obligations was eliminated or
     restricted.    As  a  result  of  such  legislation,  the  availability  of
     municipal obligations for investment by the Portfolio and the  value of the
     Portfolio may be affected.    

                 In the  course of managing  its investments,  the Portfolio may
     realize some  short-term and long-term  capital gains (and/or  losses) as a
     result of market transactions, including sales of portfolio securities  and
     rights  to when-issued  securities and  options  and futures  transactions.
     The  Portfolio  may also  realize  taxable income  from  certain short-term
     taxable  obligations,  securities  loans,  a  portion   of  original  issue
     discount with  respect to  certain stripped municipal  obligations or their
     stripped  coupons  and  certain  realized  accrued  market  discount.   Any
     allocations of such capital gains or other taxable income  to Holders would
     be  taxable to Holders  that are subject  to tax.  However,  it is expected
     that such amounts, if any,  would normally be insubstantial in  relation to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.    

              The  Portfolio's  transactions in  options  and  futures contracts
     will be  subject to special  tax rules that  may affect the amount,  timing
     and character  of  its  items  of  income,  gain  or  loss  and  hence  the
     allocations of such  items to investors.   For  example, certain  positions
     held by the Portfolio on  the last business day  of each taxable year  will
     be marked  to market (i.e., treated as if closed out  on such day), and any
     resulting gain or  loss will generally be treated  as 60% long-term and 40%
     short-term capital gain  or loss.  Certain positions  held by the Portfolio
     that substantially  diminish the Portfolio's  risk of loss  with respect to
     other  positions in  its portfolio  may constitute  "straddles,"  which are

                                         B-30
<PAGE>






     subject  to  tax  rules  that  may  cause  deferral  of  Portfolio  losses,
     adjustments in  the holding period of  Portfolio securities  and conversion
     of short-term into long-term capital losses. 

        
         
                 Income from  transactions  in  options  and  futures  contracts
     derived by  the Portfolio  with respect  to its  business  of investing  in
     securities will  qualify as  permissible income  for its  Holders that  are
     RICs  under the requirement that at least  90% of a RIC's gross income each
     taxable year  consist of specified  types of income.   However, income from
     the  disposition by the Portfolio of options and futures contracts held for
     less  than three months  will be subject  to the  requirement applicable to
     those Holders that less than 30%  of a RIC's gross income each taxable year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").    

                 If the  Portfolio satisfies certain  requirements, any increase
     in value of a position that is part of a "designated hedge" will  be offset
     by any  decrease  in value  (whether  realized or  not)  of the  offsetting
     hedging  position  during  the  period   of  the  hedge  for   purposes  of
     determining  whether the  Holders  that are  RICs  satisfy the  Short-Short
     Limitation.  Thus, only  the net  gain (if any)  from the designated  hedge
     will be  included in  gross income for  purposes of  that limitation.   The
     Portfolio will consider whether it should  seek to qualify for this  treat-
     ment for its  hedging transactions.  To  the extent the Portfolio  does not
     so  qualify, it  may be  forced  to defer  the closing  out of  options and
     futures contracts beyond the time  when it otherwise would  be advantageous
     to do  so, in  order for Holders  that are RICs  to continue to  qualify as
     such.    

              Interest on indebtedness  incurred or continued by  an investor to
     purchase or carry an  investment in the Portfolio is not deductible  to the
     extent it is  deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio,  in   tax-exempt  obligations.     Further,   persons  who   are
     "substantial  users"  (or  persons  related  to   "substantial  users")  of
     facilities financed  by industrial  development or  private activity  bonds
     should  consult their  tax  advisers  before  investing in  the  Portfolio.
     "Substantial  user"  is  defined  in  applicable  Treasury  regulations  to
     include  a "non-exempt person"  who regularly  uses in trade  or business a
     part of a  facility financed from  the proceeds  of industrial  development
     bonds and would  likely be interpreted  to include  private activity  bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.

                 An  entity that  is treated  as a  partnership under  the Code,
     such as the Portfolio,  is generally treated  as a partnership under  state
     and  local  tax   laws,  but  certain  states  may  have  different  entity
     classification criteria  and may  therefore reach  a different  conclusion.
     Entities that  are classified as  partnerships are not  treated as separate
     taxable  entities under most state and local  tax laws, and the income of a
     partnership is considered  to be income of  partners both in timing  and in
     character.    The exemption  of  interest  income  for  federal income  tax
     purposes  does not necessarily result in exemption  under the income or tax

                                         B-31
<PAGE>






     laws  of any  state or  local taxing authority.   The  laws of  the various
     states and  local taxing authorities vary  with respect to  the taxation of
     such interest income,  as well as to  the status of a  partnership interest
     under state  and local  tax laws,  and each  holder of an  interest in  the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his own tax adviser.    

              The foregoing discussion  does not  address the special tax  rules
     applicable to  certain classes of  investors, such as tax-exempt  entities,
     insurance companies and  financial institutions.  Investors  should consult
     their own tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may  apply in
     their particular situations,  as well  as the state,  local or foreign  tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     Item 21.  Underwriters

                 The  placement   agent  for   the  Portfolio  is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors,  Inc., which  receives no  compensation for  serving in  this
     capacity.   Investment  companies, common  and commingled  trust funds  and
     similar  organizations  and   entities  may  continuously  invest   in  the
     Portfolio.    

     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data

     Not applicable.

     Item 23.  Financial Statements

                 The  following audited financial  statements of  the Portfolio,
     which  are included in  the Annual  Report to  Shareholders of  EV Marathon
     Minnesota  Tax Free  Fund  for the  fiscal year  ended  July 31,  1995, are
     incorporated by  reference into this Part  B and have been  so incorporated
     in  reliance  upon the  report  of  Deloitte  and  Touche LLP,  independent
     certified public accountants, as experts in accounting and auditing.      

                 Portfolio of Investments as of July 31, 1995    
                 Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of July 31, 1995    
                 Statement  of Operations  for the  fiscal year  ended July  31,
              1995    
                 Statement  of Changes in  Net Assets for the  fiscal year ended
              July 31,  1995, for the ten  months ended July  31, 1994,  and for
              the  period from  the  start  of business,  February 1,  1993,  to
              September 30, 1993    
                 Supplementary Data  for the  fiscal year  ended July 31,  1995,
              for the  ten months ended July  31, 1994, and for  the period from
              the  start  of  business,  February  1,  1993,  to  September  30,
              1993    
              Notes to Financial Statements
              Independent Auditors' Report

                 For purposes  of the  EDGAR  filing of  this amendment  to  the
     Portfolio's  registration   statement,   the  Portfolio   incorporates   by
     reference  the  above   audited  financial  statements  of   the  Portfolio

                                         B-32
<PAGE>






     contained in the  Annual Report to  Shareholders of  EV Marathon  Minnesota
     Tax Free Fund for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1995,  as previously filed
     electronically  with   the  Commission   (Accession  Number  0000950135-95-
     001995).    

















































                                         B-33
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

                          Description of Securities Ratings+

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     Municipal Bonds

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa  are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and  are generally referred to
     as  "gilt edged."   Interest payments  are protected  by a  large or  by an
     exceptionally stable margin  and principal is  secure.   While the  various
     protective  elements  are   likely  to  change,  such  changes  as  can  be
     visualized are most  unlikely to  impair the fundamentally  strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds  which are  rated Aa  are judged  to be  of high  quality by  all
     standards.   Together with the  Aaa group they  comprise what are generally
     known  as high  grade bonds.   They  are rated  lower  than the  best bonds
     because margins of protection may  not be as large as in Aaa  securities or
     fluctuation of protective  elements may be  of greater  amplitude or  there
     may  be  other  elements  present  which make  the  long  term  risk appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which  are rated A  possess many  favorable investment  attributes
     and  are  to be  considered  as  upper-medium-grade obligations.    Factors
     giving security  to  principal and  interest are  considered adequate,  but
     elements  may be  present  which  suggest  a susceptibility  to  impairment
     sometime in the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated  Baa are considered as  medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are  neither highly protected  nor poorly  secured).   Interest
     payments  and  principal  security  appear  adequate  for  the  present but
     certain protective  elements may  be lacking or  may be  characteristically
     unreliable over  any great length  of time.   Such  bonds lack  outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have  speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds  which are  rated  Ba are  judged to  have speculative  elements;
     their  future cannot be considered  as well assured.   Often the protection
     of interest  and principal payments  may be very  moderate and  thereby not
     well  safeguarded  during  other  good  and  bad  times  over  the  future.
     Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.


     ---------------
     + The ratings indicated  herein are believed to be the most  recent ratings
     available at the  date of this  Registration Statement  for the  securities
     listed.    Ratings  are  generally  given  to securities  at  the  time  of
     issuance.   While the  rating agencies may  from time  to time revise  such
     ratings, they undertake no obligation  to do so, and the  ratings indicated
     do not  necessarily  represent  ratings  which  would  be  given  to  these

                                         B-34
<PAGE>






     securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.

     B: Bonds which are rated  B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment.     Assurance   of  interest  and   principal  payments  or  of
     maintenance of  other terms of  the contract over  any long period of  time
     may be small.

     Caa: Bonds which are rated  Caa are of poor  standing.  Such issues may  be
     in default  or there  may be  present elements  of danger  with respect  to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds  which are rated  Ca represent obligations  which are speculative
     in  a high degree.  Such  issues are often in default  or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated  C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so  rated can  be  regarded  as having  extremely  poor  prospects of  ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or  where a rating has
     been  suspended  or withdrawn,  it  may  be for  reasons  unrelated to  the
     quality of the issue. 

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

              1.      An application for rating was not received or accepted.
              2.      The issue  or issuer belongs  to a group  of securities or
                      companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.
              3.      There is a  lack of essential data pertaining to the issue
                      or issuer.
              4.      The issue was privately  placed, in which case the  rating
                      is not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension or  withdrawal  may  occur if  new  and  material  circumstances
     arise, the effects  of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no
     longer available  reasonable up-to-date  data to  permit a  judgment to  be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     Note:   Moody's applies  numerical modifiers, 1, 2,  and 3  in each generic
     rating classification  from  Aa through  B  in  its corporate  bond  rating
     system.   The modifier 1  indicates that the  security ranks in the  higher
     end of  its generic rating category;  the modifier 2 indicates  a mid-range
     ranking; and the modifier  3 indicates  that the issue  ranks in the  lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Municipal Short-Term Obligations

     Ratings:   Moody's ratings for  state and municipal short-term  obligations
     will be  designated  Moody's  Investment  Grade  or  (MIG).    Such  rating
     recognizes the differences  between short term  credit risk  and long  term
     risk.   Factors affecting  the liquidity  of  the borrower  and short  term
     cyclical elements are critical in  short term ratings, while  other factors

                                         B-35
<PAGE>






     of major  importance in bond  risk, long  term secular trends  for example,
     may be less important over the short run.

     A  short term  rating may  also be  assigned on  an issue  having a  demand
     feature, variable  rate demand  obligation (VRDO).   Such  ratings will  be
     designated as  VMIGI, SG or  if the  demand feature  is not rated,  NR.   A
     short term  rating on issues with demand features are differentiated by the
     use of  the VMIGI symbol  to reflect such  characteristics as  payment upon
     periodic demand rather  than fixed maturity  dates and  payment relying  on
     external liquidity.   Additionally, investors  should be alert  to the fact
     that the source  of payment may be  limited to the external  liquidity with
     no or limited legal recourse to  the issuer in the event the  demand is not
     met.

     Commercial Paper

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers  to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original  maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers (or  supporting institutions) rated  Prime-1 (P-1) have a  superior
     ability for  repayment of senior  short-term debt obligations.   Prime-1 or
     P-1 repayment ability  will often  be evidenced  by many  of the  following
     characteristics:

       -      Leading market positions in well established industries.

       -      High rates of return on funds employed.

       -      Conservative  capitalization structure  with moderate  reliance on
              debt and ample asset protection.

       -      Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges  and
              high internal cash generation.

       -      Well established  access  to  a range  of  financial  markets  and
              assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2

     Issuers  (or supporting  institutions)  rated Prime-2  (P-2) have  a strong
     ability for repayment  of senior short-term  debt obligations.   This  will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to  a
     lesser degree.   Earnings trends  and coverage ratios, while  sound, may be
     more subject  to variation.   Capitalization  characteristics, while  still
     appropriate, may be  more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.

     Prime-3

     Issuers  (or   supporting  institutions)  rated   Prime-3  (P-3)  have   an
     acceptable ability  for repayment  of senior short-term  obligations.   The

                                         B-36
<PAGE>






     effect of  industry characteristics  and  market compositions  may be  more
     pronounced.    Variability  in earnings  and  profitability  may  result in
     changes in  the  level of  debt  protection  measurements and  may  require
     relatively  high  financial  leverage.   Adequate  alternate  liquidity  is
     maintained.
















































                                         B-37
<PAGE>






                                  Standard & Poor's
        
         

     Investment Grade

     AAA: Debt rated AAA  has the highest rating  assigned by S&P.  Capacity  to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA: Debt  rated AA has a  very strong capacity to  pay interest and differs
     from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated  A has a strong capacity to  pay interest and repay principal
     although it is somewhat more  susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than  debt  in  higher  rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt  rated BBB  is regarded  as having  an adequate  capacity to  pay
     interest  and  repay  principal.    Whereas  it  normally exhibit  adequate
     protection   parameters,   adverse   economic    conditions   or   changing
     circumstances  are  more likely  to  lead  to a  weakened  capacity to  pay
     interest  and repay  principal  for debt  in this  category than  in higher
     rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt  rated BB,  B,  CCC, CC,  and C  is  regarded as  having predominantly
     speculative characteristics with respect  to capacity  to pay interest  and
     repay principal.   BB indicates the least  degree of speculation and  C the
     highest.   While  such debt will  likely have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by  large uncertainties  or  major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt rated BB  has less near-term  vulnerability to default than  other
     speculative  issues.   However,  it faces  major  ongoing uncertainties  or
     exposure  to adverse  business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  which
     could lead to  inadequate capacity to  meet timely  interest and  principal
     payments.   The BB rating  category is also  used for debt subordinated  to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB-  rating.

     B: Debt rated  B has a greater  vulnerability to default but  currently has
     the capacity to meet interest  payments and principal repayments.   Adverse
     business, financial, or economic  conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay interest and repay principal.   The B rating category is
     also used for debt subordinated to senior  debt that is assigned an  actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated  CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and  is  dependent   upon  favorable  business,  financial,   and  economic
     conditions to meet timely payment  of interest and repayment  of principal.
     In the  event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is
     not likely to  have the capacity to pay interest  and repay principal.  The

                                         B-38
<PAGE>






     CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt  that
     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

     CC: The rating CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior  debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating  C is typically applied  to debt subordinated to  senior debt
     which  is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.  The C rating may
     be used to  cover a situation where  a bankruptcy petition has  been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The  Rating C1 is  reserved for  income bonds on  which no interest  is
     being paid.

     D: Debt rated D is in  payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or  principal payments are not made  on the date due even
     if the applicable  grace period has  not expired, unless S&P  believes that
     such payments will  be made during  such grace period.   The D rating  also
     will be  used upon  the filing  of a  bankruptcy petition  if debt  service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus  (-): The ratings from AA to  CCC may be modified by  the
     addition of  a plus  or minus  sign to  show relative  standing within  the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p" indicates that the rating  is provisional.  A provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion  of the project being  financed by
     the  debt  being  rated  and   indicates  that  payment  of   debt  service
     requirements  is largely  or  entirely dependent  upon  the successful  and
     timely  completion of  the project.  This rating, however, while addressing
     credit quality  subsequent to completion  of the project,  makes no comment
     on  the  likelihood of,  or  the  risk  of  default upon  failure  of  such
     completion.  The investor should exercise his own judgment with  respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L:  The letter  "L" indicates  that the  rating pertains  to  the principal
     amount of those bonds to the extent  that the underlying deposit collateral
     is  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corp.  and  interest  is
     adequately collateralized.   In  the case  of certificates  of deposit  the
     letter "L" indicates  that the deposit, combined with other deposits, being
     held in  the same  right and capacity,  will be  honored for principal  and
     accrued pre-default interest up to  the federal insurance limits  within 30
     days after closing of  the insured  institution or, in  the event that  the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR: NR indicates no rating has  been requested, that there is  insufficient
     information on  which  to base  a  rating,  or that  S&P  does not  rate  a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     Municipal Notes

     S&P's note ratings reflect the  liquidity concerns and market  access risks

                                         B-39
<PAGE>






     unique to notes.  Notes due  in 3 years or less will likely receive  a note
     rating.   Notes  maturing  beyond  3  years  will  most  likely  receive  a
     long-term debt rating.   The following criteria will be used in making that
     assessment:

       -      Amortization schedule  (the larger the final  maturity relative to
              other maturities the more likely it will be treated as a note).

       -      Sources of payment (the more  dependent the issue is on the market
              for its  refinancing, the  more likely  it will  be  treated as  a
              note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

     SP-1: Strong  capacity  to  pay  principal  and  interest.    Those  issues
     determined to possess very strong  characteristics will be given  a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2:  Satisfactory  capacity  to  pay  principal  and  interest with  some
     vulnerability to adverse financial and  economic changes over the  terms of
     the note.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Commercial Paper

     S&P's commercial paper ratings are  a current assessment of  the likelihood
     of timely payment of debts considered short-term in the relevant market.

     A: Issues assigned this  highest rating are regarded as having the greatest
     capacity for timely payment.   Issues in this category are  delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation  indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is strong.   Those issues  determined to  possess extremely  strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2:  Capacity  for timely  payment  on  issues  with  this designation  is
     satisfactory.   However, the  relative degree of safety  is not  as high as
     for issues designated "A-1".

     A-3: Issues  carrying this designation  have adequate  capacity for  timely
     payment.   They  are, however,  more vulnerable  to the adverse  effects of
     changes   in   circumstances   than   obligations   carrying   the   higher
     designations.

     B: Issues rated "B"  are regarded as having  only speculative capacity  for
     timely payment.

     C:  This rating is  assigned to  short term debt  obligations with doubtful
     capacity for payment.


                                         B-40
<PAGE>






     D: Debt rated 'D'  is in payment default.  The  'D' rating category is used
     when interest payments or principal payments are not  made on the date due,
     even if the applicable  grace period had not  expired, unless S&P  believes
     that such payments will be made during such grace period.

















































                                         B-41
<PAGE>






                            Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of the highest  credit
     quality.  The  obligor has an exceptionally strong  ability to pay interest
     and  repay  principal, which  is  unlikely  to  be  affected by  reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA:  Bonds  considered to  be  investment  grade and  of  very high  credit
     quality.   The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal is
     very strong, although  not quite as strong  as bonds rated 'AAA'.   Because
     bonds rated  in  the  'AAA'  and  'AA'  categories  are  not  significantly
     vulnerable to  foreseeable future  developments, short-term  debt of  these
     issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

     A: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of high  credit quality.
     The obligors ability to pay  interest and repay principal is  considered to
     be strong,  but  may be  more  vulnerable to  adverse  changes in  economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered  to be investment  grade and  of satisfactory  credit
     quality.  The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal  is
     considered to  be adequate.   Adverse  changes in  economic conditions  and
     circumstances, however, are  more likely to  have adverse  impact on  these
     bonds,  and therefore,  impair  timely payment.    The likelihood  that the
     ratings of these bonds  will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB:  Bonds  are considered  speculative.    The  obligor's  ability to  pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by  adverse economic
     changes.  However,  business and financial alternatives  can be  identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class  are
     currently meeting debt  service requirements, the probability  of continued
     timely payment  of principal  and interest  reflects the obligor's  limited
     margin of  safety  and  the  need  for  reasonable  business  and  economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC:  Bonds  have  certain  identifiable  characteristics   which,  if  not
     remedied, may  lead to default.   The ability to  meet obligations requires
     an advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds  are minimally protected.  Default in  payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

     DDD,  DD, and  D:  Bonds  are  in  default  on  interest  and/or  principal

                                         B-42
<PAGE>






     payments.   Such bonds are  extremely speculative  and should be  valued on
     the   basis  of   their   ultimate  recovery   value   in  liquidation   or
     reorganization of the  obligor.  `DDD' represents the highest potential for
     recovery on  these  bonds, and  `D'  represents  the lowest  potential  for
     recovery.

     Plus  (+) or  Minus (-): The  ratings from AA  to C may  be modified by the
     addition of  a plus or  minus sign to  indicate the relative position  of a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on  the successful completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term  ratings apply to  debt obligations that  are payable on
     demand or  have  original  maturities  of  generally  up  to  three  years,
     including  commercial paper,  certificates of  deposit,  medium-term notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally Strong  Credit Quality.   Issues  assigned this  rating
     are  regarded  as having  the  strongest  degree  of  assurance for  timely
     payment.

     F-1:  Very Strong Credit  Quality.  Issues assigned  this rating reflect an
     assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues  rated
     'F-1+'.

     F-2: Good Credit Quality.  Issues carrying  this rating have a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely  payment, but the margin of safety is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3:   Fair   Credit  Quality.      Issues   carrying  this   rating   have
     characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for  timely payment
     is  adequate;   however,  near-term  adverse   change  could  cause   these
     securities to be rated below investment grade.

                                   * * * * * * * *

     Notes: Bonds  which are unrated expose  the investor to risks  with respect
     to capacity to pay  interest or  repay principal which  are similar to  the
     risks of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent  on the
     Investment Adviser's  judgment, analysis and  experience in the  evaluation
     of such bonds.

     Investors  should note  that the  assignment of  a rating  to a  bond  by a
     rating service  may not  reflect the effect  of recent developments  on the
     issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.



                                         B-43
<PAGE>






                                       PART C 


     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

              (a)     Financial Statements

                         The financial  statements called for  by this Item  are
                      incorporated by reference  in Part B and listed in Item 23
                      hereof.    

              (b)     Exhibits

                      1.          (a)   Declaration of  Trust dated May  1, 1992
                               filed herewith.    

                               (b)  Amendment to  the Declaration of Trust dated
                               June 13, 1994 filed herewith.

                                  (c)   Form of Amendment to  the Declaration of
                               Trust dated December 1, 1995 filed herewith.    

                      2.          By-Laws of  the Registrant dated  May 1,  1992
                               filed herewith.    

                      5.          Investment  Advisory   Agreement  between  the
                               Registrant  and  Boston  Management  and Research
                               dated October 13, 1992 filed herewith.    

                      6.          Placement  Agent  Agreement  with  Eaton Vance
                               Distributors, Inc.  dated January 29, 1993  filed
                               herewith.    

                      8.          (a)  Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank &
                               Trust  Company  dated   January  29,  1993  filed
                               herewith.    

                                  (b)    Amendment  to  the Custodian  Agreement
                               dated October 23, 1995 filed herewith.    

                      13.         Investment  representation   letter  of  Eaton
                               Vance Municipals Trust (on behalf  of Eaton Vance
                               Minnesota Tax  Free Fund) dated  January 21, 1993
                               filed herewith.    

     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

              Not applicable.





                                         c-1
<PAGE>






     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities

                           (1)                       (2)
                                         Number of
                      Title of Class   Record Holders
                                         As of    November 14,                
     1995    

                       Interests                   4                          


     Item 27.  Indemnification

              No change from  the information set forth in  Item 27 of Form N-1A
     in the original  Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

              The Trustees and  officers of the Registrant and the  personnel of
     the  Registrant's  investment  adviser  are  insured  under  an errors  and
     omissions liability insurance  policy.  The Registrant and its officers are
     also  insured  under the  fidelity bond  required by  Rule 17g-1  under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections

              To  the  knowledge  of  the Portfolio,  none  of  the trustees  or
     officers of the Portfolio's investment adviser, except as set  forth on its
     Form ADV as  filed with the Securities and  Exchange Commission, is engaged
     in any other  business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature,  except  that  certain trustees  and  officers  also  hold  various
     positions with  and engage  in business  for affiliates  of the  investment
     adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

              Not applicable.

     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records

                 All  applicable accounts,  books and  documents required  to be
     maintained by the  Registrant by Section  31(a) of  the Investment  Company
     Act of 1940 and  the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian,  Investors Bank & Trust  Company, 89
     South Street,  Boston,  MA   02111,  and  its  transfer agent,  First  Data
     Investor Services  Group, Inc., 53  State Street,  Boston, MA   02104, with
     the  exception  of  certain  corporate  documents   and  portfolio  trading
     documents  which are  in  the possession  and  custody of  the Registrant's
     investment  adviser  at  24  Federal  Street,  Boston,  MA    02110.    The
     Registrant  is informed  that all applicable  accounts, books and documents
     required to  be maintained  by registered  investment advisers  are in  the
     custody and possession of the Registrant's investment adviser.    


                                         c-2
<PAGE>






     Item 31.  Management Services

              Not applicable.

     Item 32.  Undertakings

              Not applicable.














































                                         c-3
<PAGE>






                                     SIGNATURES    



                 Pursuant to the requirements of  the Investment Company Act  of
     1940, the Registrant  has duly caused  this amendment  to the  Registration
     Statement on  Form N-1A  to be  signed on  its behalf  by the  undersigned,
     thereunto  duly  authorized in  the  City  of  Boston  and Commonwealth  of
     Massachusetts on the 29th day of November, 1995.    

                              MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO    


                                  By:/s/ Thomas J. Fetter    
                                  -----------------------
                                     Thomas J. Fetter
    
   
                                  
    
   President    

































                                         c-4
<PAGE>






                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS

     Exhibit No.      Description of Exhibit
                                             
        
         

     1.               (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 
        
         

                      (b)  Amendment  to the Declaration of Trust dated June 13,
                      1994 

                         (c)   Form  of Amendment  to  the Declaration  of Trust
                      dated December 1, 1995    

     2.               By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992 
        
         

     5.               Investment Advisory Agreement between  the Registrant  and
                      Boston Management and Research dated October 13, 1992 
        
         

     6.               Placement Agent  Agreement with  Eaton Vance Distributors,
                      Inc. dated January 29, 1993 
        
         

     8.                  (a)   Custodian Agreement with  Investors Bank &  Trust
                      Company dated January 29, 1993     

                         (b)    Amendment  to  the  Custodian  Agreement   dated
                      October 23, 1995     

     13.                 Investment   representation   letter  of   Eaton  Vance
                      Municipals Trust (on  behalf of Eaton Vance  Minnesota Tax
                      Free Fund) dated January 21, 1993    













                                         c-5
<PAGE>














                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                             ----------------------------

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.3      Legal Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                  Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and
                               Other Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of 
                 Trustees, Officers, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, 
                               Officers, Employees, Agents, Independent
                               Contractors to Third Parties  . . . . . . . .   9
              Section 5.3      Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers,Employees, Agents, 
                               Independent Contractors to Trust,
                               Holders, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10


                                          i
<PAGE>






              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in
                               Trust Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                   and Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  12
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions,
                               etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  15

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  18
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Section 11.1     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              Section 11.2     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Provisions in Conflict With Law or
                               Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19



                                          ii
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                             ----------------------------

              This DECLARATION OF TRUST of Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio is made
     as of the 1st day of May, 1992 by the parties signatory hereto, as
     Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                -  -  -  -  -  -  -  
              WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to form a trust fund under the law
     of the State of New York for the investment and reinvestment of its
     assets; and

              WHEREAS, it is proposed that the trust assets be composed of
     money and property contributed thereto by the holders of interests in the
     trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold
     in trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund and will
     manage and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests
     in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust
                                       --------
              1.1.    Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio and so far as may be practicable the
     Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents and
     sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust" wherever
     hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and not
     individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the Trust. 


              1.2.    Definitions.  As used in this Declaration, the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

              "Administrator" shall mean any party furnishing services to the
     Trust pursuant to any administration contract described in Section 4.1
     hereof.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time,
     the Book Capital Account of the Holder for such day, determined in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 

              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
<PAGE>






     U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding
     provision or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Commission" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

              "Declaration" shall mean this Declaration of Trust as amended
     from time to time.  References in this Declaration to "DECLARATION",
     "HEREOF", "HEREIN" and "HEREUNDER" shall be deemed to refer to this
     Declaration rather than the article or section in which any such word
     appears.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on September 30 of each year or on such other day as
     is permitted or required by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Institutional Investor(s)" shall mean any regulated investment
     company, segregated asset account, foreign investment company, common
     trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or without the United States of America, other than an individual,
     S corporation, partnership or grantor trust beneficially owned by any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by this
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances. 
     Reference herein to a specified percentage of, or fraction of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such
     specified percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              "Interested Person" shall have the meaning given it in the 1940
     Act.

              "Investment Adviser" shall mean any party furnishing services to
     the Trust pursuant to any investment advisory contract described in
     Section 4.1 hereof.

              "Majority Interests Vote" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of (A) 67% or more of the Interests present or represented at
     such meeting, if Holders of more than 50% of all Interests are present or
     represented by proxy, or (B) more than 50% of all Interests, whichever is
     less.

              "Person" shall mean and include individuals, corporations,
     partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures and other entities,

                                          2
<PAGE>






     whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political
     subdivisions thereof.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero, and the term "REDEEM" shall mean to effect a
     Redemption.

              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions hereof and are then in office, and reference in this
     Declaration to a Trustee or Trustees shall refer to such individual or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

              "Trust Property" shall mean as of any particular time any and all
     property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees
                                       --------
              2.1.    Number and Qualification.  The number of Trustees shall
     be fixed from time to time by action of the Trustees taken as provided in
     Section 2.5 hereof; provided, however, that the number of Trustees so
     fixed shall in no event be less than three or more than 15.  Any vacancy
     created by an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by the
     appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this
     Section 2.1 made by action of the Trustees taken as provided in Section
     2.5 hereof.  Any such appointment shall not become effective, however,
     until the individual named in the written instrument of appointment shall
     have accepted in writing such appointment and agreed in writing to be
     bound by the terms of this Declaration.  No reduction in the number of
     Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office. 
     Whenever a vacancy occurs, until such vacancy is filled as provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof, the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.  A
     Trustee shall be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under
     legal disability.

              2.2.    Term and Election.  Each Trustee named herein, or elected
     or appointed prior to the first meeting of Holders, shall (except in the
     event of resignations, retirements, removals or vacancies pursuant to
     Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof) hold office until a successor to such

                                          3
<PAGE>






     Trustee has been elected at such meeting and has qualified to serve as
     Trustee, as required under the 1940 Act.  Subject to the provisions of
     Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and except as provided in Section 2.3
     hereof, each Trustee shall hold office during the lifetime of the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

              2.3.    Resignation, Removal and Retirement.  Any Trustee may
     resign his or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting)
     by an instrument in writing executed by such Trustee and delivered or
     mailed to the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary of the
     Trust and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a
     later date according to the terms of the instrument.  Any Trustee may be
     removed by the affirmative vote of Holders of two-thirds of the Interests
     or (provided the aggregate number of Trustees, after such removal and
     after giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created by
     such removal, shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1
     hereof) with cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. 
     Removal with cause includes, but is not limited to, the removal of a
     Trustee due to physical or mental incapacity or failure to comply with
     such written policies as from time to time may be adopted by at least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance at meetings.  Any Trustee who has attained a mandatory
     retirement age, if any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from time to time by at least two-thirds of the Trustees shall,
     automatically and without action by such Trustee or the remaining
     Trustees, be deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such
     policy, effective as of the date determined in accordance with such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as
     determined by a majority of the other Trustees, may be retired by written
     instrument executed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the
     date of such Trustee's retirement.  Upon the resignation, retirement or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee shall execute and deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held
     in the name of such resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee.  Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve as Trustee, the legal representative of
     such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee shall execute and
     deliver on behalf of such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

              2.4.    Vacancies.  The term of office of a Trustee shall
     terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death,
     resignation, retirement, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to
     perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.  No such
     vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing
     agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.  In the case of
     a vacancy, Holders of at least a majority of the Interests entitled to
     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held in accordance with Section 9.2
     hereof, or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a majority vote of

                                          4
<PAGE>






     the Trustees continuing in office acting by written instrument or
     instruments, may fill such vacancy, and any Trustee so elected by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

              2.5.    Meetings.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from
     time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the
     Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any two Trustees, at such time, on
     such day and at such place, as shall be designated in the notice of the
     meeting.  The Trustees shall hold an annual meeting for the election of
     officers and the transaction of other business which may come before such
     meeting.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or
     notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram
     (which term shall include a cablegram), by telecopier or delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).  If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding the meeting and
     if given by telegram, telecopier or personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting of Trustees may be waived before or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
     of, any meeting of the Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of
     notice of such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the commencement of such meeting, to the transaction of any business on
     the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided
     otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being
     present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the
     Trustees.

              Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee,
     if any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all meetings of
     any such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof.  Unless
     provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee
     may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a
     quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a
     majority of the members.

              With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons of the Trust or otherwise
     interested in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes
     under this Section 2.5 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.

              All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of
     the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone
     or similar communications equipment by means of which all individuals
     participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a

                                          5
<PAGE>






     meeting by means of such communications equipment shall constitute
     presence in person at such meeting.

              2.6.    Officers; Chairman of the Board.  The Trustees shall,
     from time to time, elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The
     Trustees may elect or appoint, from time to time, a Chairman of the Board
     who shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the Trustees may designate.  The Trustees may elect or appoint
     or authorize the President to appoint such other officers, agents or
     independent contractors with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

              2.7.    By-Laws.  The Trustees may adopt and, from time to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees
                                  ------------------
              3.1.    General.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute
     control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the
     same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property
     and such business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation
     as may be permitted by this Declaration.  The Trustees may perform such
     acts as in their sole discretion they deem proper for conducting the
     business of the Trust.  The enumeration of or failure to mention any
     specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting such exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without
     order of or resort to any court.

              3.2.    Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                      (a)      conduct, operate and carry on the business of an
     investment company;

                      (b)      subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase
     or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
     distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign currencies
     and related instruments including forward contracts, and securities,
     including common and preferred stock, warrants, bonds, debentures, time
     notes and all other evidences of indebtedness, negotiable or non-
     negotiable instruments, obligations, certificates of deposit or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
     agreements, convertible securities, forward contracts, options, futures
     contracts, and other securities, including, without limitation, those
     issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any state, territory or possession of
     the United States and the District of Columbia and their political
     subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, or by the U.S. Government,
     any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality or political
     subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any

                                          6
<PAGE>






     international instrumentality, or by any bank, savings institution,
     corporation or other business entity organized under the laws of the
     United States or under any foreign laws; and to exercise any and all
     rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any
     and all such  investments of any kind and description, including, without
     limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto,
     with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of such
     rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

              The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations
     maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the
     Trustees be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

              3.3.    Legal Title.  Legal title to all Trust Property shall be
     vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall
     have the power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust,
     or in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

              The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust
     Property shall vest automatically in each individual who may hereafter
     become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon the
     resignation, removal or death of a Trustee, such resigning, removed or
     deceased Trustee shall automatically cease to have any right, title or
     interest in any Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such
     resigning, removed or deceased Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest
     automatically in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of
     title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been
     executed and delivered.

              3.4.    Sale and Increases of Interests.  The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time to time, without a vote of the Holders, permit
     any Institutional Investor to purchase an Interest, or increase its
     Interest, for such type of consideration, including cash or property, at
     such time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in such manner
     acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and
     in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. 
     Individuals, S corporations, partnerships and grantor trusts that are
     beneficially owned by any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.  A Holder which has redeemed its Interest may not be
     permitted to purchase an Interest until the later of 60 calendar days
     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

              3.5     Decreases and Redemptions of Interests.  Subject to
     Article VII hereof, the Trustees, in their discretion, may, from time to
     time, without a vote of the Holders, permit a Holder to redeem its

                                          7
<PAGE>






     Interest, or decrease its Interest, for either cash or property, at such
     time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

              3.6.    Borrow Money.  The Trustees shall have power to borrow
     money or otherwise obtain credit and to secure the same by mortgaging,
     pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust,
     including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee,
     or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of
     any other Person.

              3.7.    Delegation; Committees.  The Trustees shall have power,
     consistent with their continuing exclusive and absolute control over the
     Trust Property and over the business of the Trust, to delegate from time
     to time to such of their number or to officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust the doing of such things and the
     execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

              3.8.    Collection and Payment.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims, including
     taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend, compromise or
     abandon any claims relating to the Trust or the Trust Property; to
     foreclose any security interest securing any obligation, by virtue of
     which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

              3.9.    Expenses.  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay
     any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or
     incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and to
     pay reasonable compensation from the Trust Property to themselves as
     Trustees.  The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers,
     employees and Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special services, including legal and brokerage services, as they in
     good faith may deem reasonable, and reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

              3.10.   Miscellaneous Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to: 
     (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and terminate
     such employees or contractual relationships as they consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or
     associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors
     of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such
     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in
     such capacity, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify
     such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing
     and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for the Trustees,
     officers, employees or agents of the Trust; (e) make donations,
     irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious,

                                          8
<PAGE>






     educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent
     permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings,
     including the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the
     Trust, to such extent as the Trustees shall determine; (g) guarantee
     indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and
     change the Fiscal Year and the method by which the accounts of the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such
     a seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf
     of the Trust.

              3.11.   Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to conduct
     the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of
     its branches and maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
     New York, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the
     District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories,
     dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the
     United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such
     other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary,
     proper, appropriate or desirable in order to promote the interests of the
     Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust which is made by
     the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the
     provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a
     grant of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be required to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements
                         -----------------------------------
              4.1.    Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
     Arrangements.  The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time,
     enter into investment advisory contracts, administration contracts or
     placement agent agreements whereby the other party to such contract or
     agreement shall undertake to furnish the Trustees such investment
     advisory, administration, placement agent and/or other services as the
     Trustees shall, from time to time, consider appropriate or desirable and
     all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their sole
     discretion determine.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration,
     the Trustees may authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt) to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of
     the Trustees or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect
     such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of
     any such Investment Adviser (all without any further action by the
     Trustees).  Any such purchase, sale, loan or exchange shall be deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.



                                          9
<PAGE>






              4.2.    Parties to Contract.  Any contract of the character
     described in Section 4.1 hereof or in the By-Laws of the Trust may be
     entered into with any corporation, firm, trust or association, although
     one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer,
     director, Trustee, shareholder or member of such other party to the
     contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable
     by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any
     individual holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such
     relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of
     any such contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or
     indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was
     reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this
     Article IV or the By-Laws of the Trust.  The same Person may be the other
     party to one or more contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or the By-Laws of the Trust, and any individual may be financially
     interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or
     all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.2 or in the By-Laws of
     the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.
                        -------------------------------------
              5.1.    Liability of Holders; Indemnification.  Each Holder shall
     be jointly and severally liable (with rights of contribution inter se in
     proportion to their respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and obligations of the Trust in the event that the Trust fails to satisfy
     such liabilities and obligations; provided, however, that, to the extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless from and against any claim or liability to which such
     Holder may become subject by reason of being or having been a Holder to
     the extent that such claim or liability imposes on the Holder an
     obligation or liability which, when compared to the obligations and
     liabilities imposed on other Holders, is greater than such Holder's
     Interest (proportionate share), and shall reimburse such Holder for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection
     with any such claim or liability.  The rights accruing to a Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall not exclude any other right to which such Holder
     may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the Trust to indemnify or reimburse a Holder in any appropriate
     situation even though not specifically provided herein.  Notwithstanding
     the indemnification procedure described above, it is intended that each
     Holder shall remain jointly and severally liable to the Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

              5.2.  Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents, Independent Contractors to Third Parties.  No Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of an agent
     or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by written
     contract) of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability

                                          10
<PAGE>






     whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or the Holders, in
     connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust; and all such
     Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any nature against a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

              5.3.    Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
     Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc.  No
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the Holders for any action or failure to act (including, without
     limitation, the failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee
     to redress any breach of trust) except for such Person's own bad faith,
     willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such
     Person's duties.

              5.4.    Mandatory Indemnification.  The Trust shall indemnify, to
     the fullest extent permitted by law (including the 1940 Act), each
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust (including any Person who
     serves at the Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of another
     organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder,
     creditor or otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including
     amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and
     penalties, and as counsel fees) reasonably incurred by such Person in
     connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other
     proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in which such Person may be
     involved or with which such Person may be threatened, while in office or
     thereafter, by reason of such Person being or having been such a Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor, except with respect to
     any matter as to which such Person shall have been adjudicated to have
     acted in bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of such Person's duties; provided, however, that as to any
     matter disposed of by a compromise payment by such Person, pursuant to a
     consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a
     determination that such Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in
     the conduct of such Person's office by the court or other body approving
     the settlement or other disposition or by a reasonable determination,
     based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full
     trial-type inquiry), that such Person did not engage in such conduct by
     written opinion from independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees. 
     The rights accruing to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude
     any other right to which such Person may be lawfully entitled; provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted
     in this Section 5.4 or in Section 5.2 hereof or to which such Person may
     be otherwise entitled except out of the Trust Property.  The Trustees may

                                          11
<PAGE>






     make advance payments in connection with indemnification under this
     Section 5.4, provided that the indemnified Person shall have given a
     written undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

              5.5.    No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such,
     be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

              5.6.    No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments,
     etc.  No purchaser, lender or other Person dealing with any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall be
     bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction
     purporting to be made by such Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor or be liable for the application of money or
     property paid, loaned or delivered to or on the order of such Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor.  Every obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with
     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the
     executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust made or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the Trust, in such capacity, shall contain an appropriate
     recital to the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor of the Trust shall not personally be bound by or
     liable thereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for
     the satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate
     references shall be made therein to the Declaration, and may contain any
     further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such
     recital shall not operate to impose personal liability on any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust.  Subject
     to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain insurance for
     the protection of the Trust Property, the Holders, and the Trustees,
     officers, employees, agents and independent contractors  of the Trust in
     such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

              5.7.    Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall, in the
     performance of such Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from
     reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the
     Trust (whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such
     Persons against such liability), upon an opinion of counsel, or upon
     reports made to the Trust by any of its officers or employees or by any
     Investment Adviser or Administrator, accountant, appraiser or other
     experts or consultants selected with reasonable care by the Trustees,
     officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.

                                          12
<PAGE>







                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests
                                      ---------
              6.1.    Interests.  The beneficial interest in the Trust Property
     shall consist of non-transferable Interests.  The Interests shall be
     personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically
     set forth.  The value of an Interest shall be equal to the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

              6.2.    Non-Transferability.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or
     exchange its Interest.

              6.3.    Register of Interests.  A register shall be kept at the
     Trust under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the name,
     address and Book Capital Account balance of each Holder.  Such register
     shall be conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the Trust shall
     not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in
     an Interest which is not contained in such register.  No Holder shall be
     entitled to receive payment of any distribution, nor to have notice given
     to it as herein provided, until it has given its address to such officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests
                  -------------------------------------------------
              Subject to applicable law, to the provisions of this Declaration
     and to such restrictions as may from time to time be adopted by the
     Trustees, each Holder shall have the right to vary its investment in the
     Trust at any time without limitation by increasing (through a capital
     contribution) or decreasing (through a capital withdrawal) or by a
     Redemption of its Interest.  An increase in the investment of a Holder in
     the Trust shall be reflected as an increase in the Book Capital Account
     balance of that Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption of the Interest of a Holder shall be reflected as
     a decrease in the Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.  The Trust
     shall, upon appropriate and adequate notice from any Holder increase,
     decrease or redeem such Holder's Interest for an amount determined by the
     application of a formula adopted for such purpose by resolution of the
     Trustees; provided that (a) the amount received by the Holder upon any
     such decrease or Redemption shall not exceed the decrease in the Holder's
     Book Capital Account balance effected by such decrease or Redemption of
     its Interest, and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at
     any time and from time to time, charge fees for effecting any such
     decrease or Redemption, at such rates as the Trustees may establish, and
     may, at any time and from time to time, suspend such right of decrease or
     Redemption.  The procedures for effecting decreases or Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.


                                          13
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions
                        -------------------------------------

              8.1.    Book Capital Account Balances.  The Book Capital Account
     balance of each Holder shall be determined on such days and at such time
     or times as the Trustees may determine.  The Trustees shall adopt
     resolutions setting forth the method of determining the Book Capital
     Account balance of each Holder.  The power and duty to make calculations
     pursuant to such resolutions may be delegated by the Trustees to the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian, or such other Person as the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or exchange its Book Capital
     Account balance.

              8.2.    Allocations and Distributions to Holders.  The Trustees
     shall, in compliance with the Code, the 1940 Act and generally accepted
     accounting principles, establish the procedures by which the Trust shall
     make (i) the allocation of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax loss, and profit and loss, or any item or items thereof, to each
     Holder, (ii) the payment of distributions, if any, to Holders, and
     (iii) upon liquidation, the final distribution of items of taxable income
     and expense.  Such procedures shall be set forth in writing and be
     furnished to the Trust's accountants. The Trustees may amend the
     procedures adopted pursuant to this Section 8.2 from time to time.  The
     Trustees may retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem
     necessary to pay the liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to meet
     obligations of the Trust, and as they may deem desirable to use in the
     conduct of the affairs of the Trust or to retain for future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

              8.3.    Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures.  Notwithstanding
     any of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Trustees may
     prescribe, in their absolute discretion, such other bases and times for
     determining the net income of the Trust, the allocation of income of the
     Trust, the Book Capital Account balance of each Holder, or the payment of
     distributions to the Holders as they may deem necessary or desirable to
     enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders
                                       -------
              9.1.    Rights of Holders.  The ownership of the Trust Property
     and the right to conduct any business described herein are vested
     exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title
     therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests

                                          14
<PAGE>






     and they shall have no power or right to call for any partition or
     division of any Trust Property. 

              9.2.    Meetings of Holders.  Meetings of Holders may be called
     at any time by a majority of the Trustees and shall be called by any
     Trustee upon written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not
     less than 10% of the Interests, such request specifying the purpose or
     purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall
     be held within or without the State of New York and within or without the
     United States of America on such day and at such time as the Trustees
     shall designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person
     or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any
     business, except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum
     is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote of the Holders present, in
     person or by proxy, holding more than 50% of the total Interests of the
     Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes
     the action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this Declaration or the
     By-Laws of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting of Holders by means of a conference telephone or similar
     communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by means of
     such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such
     meeting.

              9.3.    Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each meeting of Holders,
     stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the
     Trustees by mail to each Holder, at its registered address, mailed at
     least 10 days and not more than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after such
     meeting.  The attendance of a Holder at a meeting shall constitute a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
     of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting.  Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

              9.4.    Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  For the
     purpose of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to
     vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or to
     participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action,
     the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of any distribution
     or the taking of any other action, as the case may be, as a record date
     for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Holders for such
     purpose.  If the Trustees do not, prior to any meeting of the Holders, so
     fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be
     the record date.



                                          15
<PAGE>






              9.5.    Proxies, etc.  At any meeting of Holders, any Holder
     entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall
     be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the
     Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the
     Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such
     vote is to be taken.  A proxy may be revoked by a Holder at any time
     before it has been exercised by placing on file with the Secretary, or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant to a resolution of a
     majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the
     Trust or of one or more Trustees or of one or more officers of the Trust.
     Only Holders on the record date shall be entitled to vote.  Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more
     than one of them is present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and
     such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to
     be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Interest.  A
     proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden
     of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  No proxy shall be
     valid after one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in such proxy.  The Trust may also permit a Holder to
     authorize and empower individuals named as proxies on any form of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that Holder's Interest on any matter by
     recording his voting instructions on any recording device maintained for
     that purpose by the Trust or its agent, provided the Holder complies with
     such procedures as the Trustees may designate to be necessary or
     appropriate to determine the authenticity of the voting instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be deemed to constitute a written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the Trust and shall be deemed to be
     dated as of the date such instructions were transmitted, and the Holder
     shall be deemed to have approved and ratified all actions taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

              9.6.    Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and
     furnished to each Holder, at least annually as of the end of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement of
     income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant
     on such financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each Holder at least semi-annually interim reports of operations
     containing an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such period and an
     unaudited statement of income for the period from the beginning of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

              9.7.    Inspection of Records.  The books and records of the
     Trust shall be open to inspection by Holders during normal business hours
     for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

              9.8.    Holder Action by Written Consent.  Any action which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more

                                          16
<PAGE>






     than 50% of all Interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion
     thereof as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with
     the records of the meetings of Holders.  Such consents shall be treated
     for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Holders.  Each such
     written consent shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and shall bear the date of such execution.  No such written
     consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
     within one year of the earliest dated consent, written consents executed
     by a sufficient number of Holders to take such action are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

              9.9.    Notices.  Any and all communications, including any and
     all notices to which any Holder may be entitled, shall be deemed duly
     served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to a Holder at its
     last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.
                               ------------------------
              10.1.   Duration.  Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after the death of the last survivor of the initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
                                                                                        
      Name                                          Address                Date of Birth 
      ----                                 -------

      <S>                                           <C>                    <C>
      Cassius Marcellus Cornelius Clay     742 Old Dublin Road             November 9, 1990
                                           Hancock, NH  03449

      Sara Briggs Sullivan                 1308 Rhodes Street              September 17, 1990
                                           Dubois, WY  82513

      Myles Bailey Rawson                  Winhall Hollow Road             May 13, 1990
                                           R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                           Bondville, VT  05340
      Zeben Curtis Kopchak                 Box 1126                        October 31, 1989
                                           Cordova, AK  99574

      Landon Harris Clay                   742 Old Dublin Road             February 15, 1989
                                           Hancock, NH  03449



                                                                      17
<PAGE>






      Kelsey Ann Sullivan                  1308 Rhodes Street              May 1, 1988
                                           Dubois, WY  82513

      Carter Allen Rawson                  Winhall Hollow Road             January 28, 1988
                                           R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                           Bondville, VT  05340
      Obadiah Barclay Kopchak              Box 1126                        August 29, 1987
                                           Cordova, AK  99574

      Richard Tubman Clay                  742 Old Dublin Road             April 12, 1987
                                           Hancock, NH  03449

      Thomas Moragne Clay                  742 Old Dublin Road             April 11, 1985
                                           Hancock, NH  03449
      Zachariah Bishop Kopchak             Box 1126                        January 11, 1985
                                           Cordova, AK  99574

      Sager Anna Kopchak                   Box 1126                        May 22, 1983
                                           Cordova, AK  99574

     </TABLE>

         10.2.   Termination.

                 (a)      The Trust may be terminated (i) by the affirmative
     vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests at any
     meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting,
     executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by Holders of not
     less than two-thirds of all Interests, or (ii) by the Trustees by written
     notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                 (i) the Trust shall carry on no business except for the
         purpose of winding up its affairs;

                 (ii) the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of
         the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under this
         Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust have been
         wound up, including the power to fulfill or discharge the contracts
         of the Trust, collect the assets of the Trust, sell, convey,
         assign, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
         Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or private sale for
         consideration which may consist in whole or in part of cash,
         securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay the
         liabilities of the Trust, and do all other acts appropriate to
         liquidate the business of the Trust; provided that any sale,
         conveyance, assignment, exchange or other disposition of all or
         substantially all the Trust Property shall require approval of the
         principal terms of the transaction and the nature and amount of the
         consideration by the vote of Holders holding more than 50% of all
         Interests; and



                                          18
<PAGE>






                 (iii) after paying or adequately providing for the payment
         of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities
         and refunding agreements as they deem necessary for their
         protection, the Trustees shall distribute the remaining Trust
         Property, in cash or in kind or partly each, among the Holders
         according to their respective rights as set forth in the procedures
         established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

                 (b)      Upon termination of the Trust and distribution to the
     Holders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and
     file with the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth
     the fact of such termination and distribution.  Upon termination of the
     Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further
     liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

         10.3.   Dissolution.  Upon the bankruptcy of any Holder, or upon the
     Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved effective 120
     days after the event.  However, the Holders (other than such bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder) may, by a unanimous affirmative vote at any meeting of
     such Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting executed by
     a majority of the Trustees and consented to by all such Holders, agree to
     continue the business of the Trust even if there has been such a
     dissolution.

         10.4.   Amendment Procedure.

                 (a)      This Declaration may be amended by the vote of Holders
     of more than 50% of all Interests at any meeting of Holders or by an
     instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a majority of the
     Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50% of all
     Interests.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Declaration
     may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the vote or consent of Holders, for any one or more
     of the following purposes:  (i) to change the name of the Trust, (ii) to
     supply any omission, or to cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) to conform this
     Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal law or regulations
     or the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Code, (iv) to
     change the state or other jurisdiction designated herein as the state or
     other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law hereof, (v) to
     effect such changes herein as the Trustees find to be necessary or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of this Declaration under the law of
     such state or other jurisdiction applicable to trusts or voluntary
     associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated as a
     "regulated investment company" under the applicable provisions of the
     Code, or (C) to permit the transfer of Interests (or to permit the
     transfer of any other beneficial interest in or share of the Trust,
     however denominated), (vi) in conjunction with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing clause (iv) or the foregoing clause (v) to make any and
     all such further changes or modifications to this Declaration as the
     Trustees find to be necessary or appropriate, any finding of the Trustees

                                          19
<PAGE>






     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be
     conclusively evidenced by the execution of any such amendment by a
     majority of the Trustees, and (vii) change, modify or rescind any
     provision of this Declaration provided such change, modification or
     rescission is found by the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and to
     not have a materially adverse effect on the financial interests of the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no amendment otherwise authorized by this sentence may be made
     which would reduce the amount payable with respect to any Interest upon
     liquidation of the Trust and; provided, further, that the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make any amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                 (b)      No amendment may be made under Section 10.4(a) hereof
     which would change any rights with respect to any Interest by reducing the
     amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust, except with the vote
     or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                 (c)      A certification in recordable form executed by a
     majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it
     was duly adopted by the Holders or by the Trustees as aforesaid or a copy
     of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a
     majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

         Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as
     Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees at any
     meeting of Trustees or by an instrument executed by a majority of the
     Trustees.

         10.5.   Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The Trust may merge
     or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or other
     organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of
     the Trust Property, including good will, upon such terms and conditions
     and for such consideration when and as authorized at any meeting of
     Holders called for such purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be deemed for all
     purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of
     the State of New York.

         10.6.   Incorporation.  Upon a Majority Interests Vote, the Trustees
     may cause to be organized or assist in organizing a corporation or
     corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or a trust, partnership,
     association or other organization to take over the Trust Property or to
     carry on any business in which the Trust directly or indirectly has any
     interest, and to sell, convey and transfer the Trust Property to any such
     corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization in
     exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise, and to lend money
     to, subscribe for the equity interests of, and enter into any contract

                                          20
<PAGE>






     with any such corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire equity
     interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or consolidation between
     the Trust or any successor thereto and any such corporation, trust,
     partnership, association or other organization if and to the extent
     permitted by law.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
     requiring approval of the Holders for the Trustees to organize or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.

                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------
         11.1.   Governing Law.  This Declaration is executed by the Trustees
     and delivered in the State of New York and with reference to the law
     thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction
     of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed in accordance
     with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be specifically
     made to the trust law of the State of New York as to the construction of
     matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an ambiguity
     exists.

         11.2.   Counterparts.  This Declaration may be simultaneously executed
     in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original,
     and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same
     instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one such original
     counterpart.

         11.3.   Reliance by Third Parties.  Any certificate executed by an
     individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of any recording
     office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee
     hereunder, certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of Trustees or
     Holders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or
     writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or
     Holders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Holders present at
     any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements
     of this Declaration, (e) the form of any By-Laws adopted by or the
     identity of any officer elected by the Trustees, or (f) the existence of
     any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust,
     shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of
     any Person dealing with the Trustees.

         11.4.   Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.

                 (a)      The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and
     if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of
     such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or with other applicable
     law and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to
     have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such

                                          21
<PAGE>






     determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this
     Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted
     prior to such determination.

                 (b)      If any provision of this Declaration shall be held
     invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or
     unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction
     and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other
     jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any
     jurisdiction.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument as
     of the day and year first above written.

                            /s/James B. Baur       
                          -------------------------------------
                          James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                            not individually

                            /s/H. Day Brigham, Jr.  
                          -------------------------------------
                          H. Day Brigham, Jr., as Trustee and 
                            not individually


                            /s/James B. Hawkes 
                          -------------------------------------
                          James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                             not individually























                                          22
<PAGE>











                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                    June 13, 1994


     The undersigned, being a majority of the Trustees of the Minnesota Tax
     Free Portfolio, acting pursuant to Section 10.4 of ARTICLE X of the
     Declaration of Trust, do hereby change and amend the seventh paragraph of
     Section 1.2 of ARTICLE I of the Declaration of Trust to read as follows:

     "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the Trustee which
     ends on July 31st of each year or on such other day as is permitted or
     required by the code.

     Further, the undersigned do hereby declare and find that the foregoing
     change and amendment is necessary and appropriate and does not have a
     materially adverse effect on the financial interest of the Holders of the
     Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth above.



     /s/ Donald R. Dwight              /s/ Norton H. Reamer            
     -------------------------         --------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                           Norton H. Reamer



     /s/ James B. Hawkes               /s/ John L. Thorndike           
     -------------------------         --------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                   John L. Thorndike



     /s/ Samuel L. Hayes, III          /s/ Jack L. Treynor             
     -------------------------         --------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III              Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>









                            MINNESOTA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                    (formerly called Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio)


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                   December 1, 1995

              AMENDMENT, made December 1, 1995 to the Declaration of Trust made
     May 1, 1992, as amended June 13, 1994, (hereinafter called the
     "Declaration") of Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust
     (hereinafter called the "Trust") by the undersigned, being at least a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office on December 1, 1995.

              WHEREAS, Section 10.4 of Article X of the Declaration empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to amend the Declaration without the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned Trustees, do hereby amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:

              1. The caption at the head of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                            MINNESOTA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO

              2. Section 1.1 of Article I of the Declaration is hereby amended
              to read as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

              1.1. Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Minnesota Municipals Portfolio and so far as may be practicable
     the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents
     and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust"
     wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and
     not individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents
     or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the
     Trust.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustees have executed this
     instrument this 1st day of December, 1995.

     -------------------------                  -------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                                   Norton H. Reamer


     -------------------------                  --------------------------
     John L. Thorndike                                  James B. Hawkes


     -------------------------                  --------------------------

     Samuel L. Hayes, III                       Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>




























                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            -----------------------------


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                      Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . .   1
                      Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                      Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.5      Chairman, President and Vice
                                       President   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . .   3


     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                      Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents
                                       and the Like    . . . . . . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                      Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                      Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . .   5







                                          i
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                             ----------------------------


                      These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section
     2.7 of the Declaration of Trust establishing MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
     (the "Trust"), dated as of May 1, 1992, as from time to time amended (the
     "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws shall
     have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in the
     Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders
                                 -------------------
                      Section 1.1.  Records at Holder Meetings.  At each
     meeting of the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of
     the last previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or
     other proper agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting. 
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical
     order and the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any
     meeting of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders
     may, and on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint
     Inspectors of Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be
     either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to
     allow such determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of
     the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual
     appointed as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses
     to so act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the
     individual acting as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election
     shall determine the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests
     represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
     shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising
     in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
     or consents, shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as
     may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or
     certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision,
     act or certificate of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the
     meeting, or of any Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall
<PAGE>






     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers
                                       --------
                      Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the
     Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a
     Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice
     Presidents, as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the
     offices may be held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order
     in which the other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a
     Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section 2.2.  Election and Tenure.  At the initial
     organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the
     Trustees, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall
     deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the
     Trust.  Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
     the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and
     qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be
     removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                      Section 2.4.  Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be
     required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his
     duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may
     determine.

                      Section 2.5.  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents. 
     The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the
     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New
     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by
     the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the
     monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account
     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section 2.8.  Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees
     may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from
     time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct
     the business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the
     absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in
     the duties of his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------
                      Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of the Trust shall
     be deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and
     shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such
     officer, officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section 3.2.  Signatures.  All contracts and other
     instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  Seal.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may
     be affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section 3.4.  Indemnification.  Insofar as the
     conditional advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the
     Declaration for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such
     payments will be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances
     must be limited to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or
     presentation of a defense to the action, including costs connected with
     the preparation of a settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon
     receipt of a written promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay
     the amount of the advance which exceeds the amount to which it is
     ultimately determined that he is entitled to receive from the Trust by

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a
     surety bond, other suitable insurance or an equivalent form of security
     which assures that any repayment may be obtained by the Trust without
     delay or litigation, which bond, insurance or other form of security must
     be provided by the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal
     counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of
     readily available facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section 3.5.  Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
     Like.  The Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such
     distribution disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the
     reinvestment of distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable. 
     Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws
                          ---------------------------------
                      Section 4.1.  Regulations.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

                      Section 4.2.  Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In
     accordance with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have
     the power to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at
     any time.  Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be
     taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but
     not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or
     agent of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall
     resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any
     obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the
     Trust.













                                         -5-
<PAGE>









                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made this 13th day of October, 1992, between Minnesota
     Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust (the "Trust"), and Boston Management
     and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Adviser").

              1.      Duties of the Adviser.  The Trust hereby employs the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for and to manage the investment and
     reinvestment of the assets of the Trust and to administer its affairs,
     subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, for the period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The Adviser hereby accepts such employment, and undertakes to
     afford to the Trust the advice and assistance of the Adviser's
     organization in the choice of investments and in the purchase and sale of
     securities for the Trust and to furnish for the use of the Trust office
     space and all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for
     servicing the investments of the Trust and for administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are members of the Adviser's organization and all personnel of the
     Adviser performing services relating to research and investment
     activities.  The Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an
     independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided
     or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall provide the Trust with such investment
     management and supervision as the Trust may from time to time consider
     necessary for the proper supervision of the Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust, the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and shall determine from time to time what securities and other
     investments shall be acquired, disposed of or exchanged and what portion
     of the Trust's assets shall be held uninvested, subject always to the
     applicable restrictions of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and
     registration statement of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, all as from time to time amended.  Should the Trustees of the Trust
     at any time, however, make any specific determination as to investment
     policy for the Trust and notify the Adviser thereof in writing, the
     Adviser shall be bound by such determination for the period, if any,
     specified in such notice or until similarly notified that such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser shall take, on behalf of the
     Trust, all actions which it deems necessary or desirable to implement the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place all orders for the purchase or sale of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is authorized as the agent of the Trust to give instructions
     to the custodian of the Trust as to deliveries of securities and payment
     of cash for the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
     such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser shall
<PAGE>






     use its best efforts to seek to execute security transactions at prices
     which are advantageous to the Trust and (when a disclosed commission is
     being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In selecting
     brokers or dealers qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research
     services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934) to the Adviser and the Adviser is expressly
     authorized to pay any broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and
     research services a commission for executing a security transaction which
     is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would
     have charged for effecting that transaction if the Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the
     value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or
     dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the
     overall responsibilities which the Adviser and its affiliates have with
     respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. 
     Subject to the requirement set forth in the second sentence of this
     paragraph, the Adviser is authorized to consider, as a factor in the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that such broker or dealer has sold or is selling shares
     of any one or more investment companies sponsored by the Adviser or its
     affiliates or shares of any other investment company investing in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the Adviser.  For the services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser, the Adviser shall
     be entitled to receive from the Trust, on a daily basis, compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
     asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:


     Category         Daily Net Assets          Annual Asset Rate

              1       up to $20 million                 0.100%
              2       $20 million but less than $40 million      0.200%
              3       $40 million but less than $500 million     0.300%
              4       $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%
              5       $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%
              6       $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%
              7       $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%
              8       $3 billion and over               0.175%, plus

              (b)     a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
     income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily gross income of
     the Trust (which portion shall bear the same relationship to the total
     daily gross income on such day as that portion of the total daily net
     assets of the Trust in the same Category bears to the total daily net
     assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:


                                         -2-                        A:\MNTFP.IAA
<PAGE>






      Category    Daily Net Assets                         Daily Income Rate
      --------    ----------------                         -----------------
      1           up to $20 million                        1.00%
      2           $20 million but less than $40 million    2.00%
      3           $40 million but less than $500 million   3.00%
      4           $500 million but less than $1 billion    2.75%
      5           $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion    2.50%
      6           $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion    2.25%
      7           $2 billion but less than $3 billion      2.00%
      8           $3 billion and over                      1.75%, plus

     Such daily compensation shall be paid monthly in arrears on the last
     business day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

              In case of initiation or termination of the Agreement during any
     month with respect to the Trust, the fee for that month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

              The Adviser may, from time to time, waive all or a part of the
     above compensation.

              3.      Allocation of Charges and Expenses.  It is understood
     that the Trust will pay all its expenses other than those expressly stated
     to be payable by the Adviser hereunder, which expenses payable by the
     Trust shall include, without implied limitation, (i) expenses of
     maintaining the Trust and continuing its existence, (ii) registration of
     the Trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (iii) commissions,
     fees and other expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and
     disposition of securities and other investments, (iv) auditing, accounting
     and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi) governmental fees, (vii)
     expenses of issue, sale and redemption of Interests in the Trust, (viii)
     expenses of registering and qualifying the Trust and Interests in the
     Trust under federal and state securities laws and of preparing and
     printing registration statements or other offering statements or memoranda
     for such purposes and for distributing the same to Holders and investors,
     and fees and expenses of registering and maintaining registrations of the
     Trust and the Trust's placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under
     state securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to Holders and
     of meetings of Holders and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements
     of custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments,
     keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of net asset
     values, book capital account balances and tax capital account balances),
     (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars for all services
     to the Trust, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of Holders, (xvi)
     any direct charges to Holders approved by the Trustees of the Trust,
     (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not

                                         -3-                        A:\MNTFP.IAA
<PAGE>






     members of the Adviser's organization, and (xviii) such non-recurring
     items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with
     litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

              4.      Other Interests.  It is understood that Trustees and
     officers of the Trust and Holders of Interests in the Trust are or may be
     or become interested in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise
     and that trustees, officers and shareholders of the Adviser are or may be
     or become similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Adviser may be
     or become interested in the Trust as Holder or otherwise.  It is also
     understood that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the
     Adviser may be or become interested (as directors, trustees, officers,
     employees, shareholders or otherwise) in other companies or entities
     (including, without limitation, other investment companies) which the
     Adviser may organize, sponsor or acquire, or with which it may merge or
     consolidate, and which may include the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" or any combination thereof as part of their name,
     and that the Adviser or its subsidiaries or affiliates may enter into
     advisory or management agreements or other contracts or relationships with
     such other companies or entities.

              5.      Limitation of Liability of the Adviser.  The services of
     the Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being free to render services to others and engage in other business
     activities.  In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the
     Trust or to any Holder of Interests in the Trust for any act or omission
     in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for
     any losses which may be sustained in the acquisition, holding or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

              6.      Sub-Investment Advisers.  The Adviser may employ one or
     more sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the acts
     and services of the Adviser, including the selection of brokers or dealers
     to execute the Trust's portfolio security transactions, and upon such
     terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Adviser and such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

              7.      Duration and Termination of this Agreement.  This
     Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its execution, and,
     unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full force and
     effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall continue in full
     force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so long as such
     continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved at least
     annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval.


                                         -4-                        A:\MNTFP.IAA
<PAGE>






              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the trustees of the
     Adviser, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such
     written notice to the Adviser, terminate this Agreement by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              8.      Amendments of the Agreement.  This Agreement may be
     amended by a writing signed by both parties hereto, provided that no
     amendment to this Agreement shall be effective until approved (i) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

              9.      Limitation of Liability.  The Adviser expressly
     acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability of the Trustees and
     officers of the Trust, and the Adviser hereby agrees that it shall have
     recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as between the
     Trust and the Adviser arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              10.     Certain Definitions.  The terms "assignment" and
     "interested persons" when used herein shall have the respective meanings
     specified in the Investment Company Act of 1940 as now in effect or as
     hereafter amended subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted
     by the Securities and Exchange Commission by any rule, regulation or
     order.  The term "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities"
     shall mean the vote, at a meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per
     centum or more of the Interests in the Trust present or represented by
     proxy at the meeting if the Holders of more than 50 per centum of the
     outstanding Interests in the Trust are present or represented by proxy at
     the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests
     in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and "Interests" when used herein shall
     have the respective meanings specified in the Declaration of Trust of the
     Trust.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
     to be executed on the day and year first above written.

     MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO      BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH


     By:     /s/James B. Hawkes        By: /s/Curtis H. Jones
              -------------------          ---------------------------
              President                    Vice President,
                                           and not individually




                                         -5-                        A:\MNTFP.IAA
<PAGE>









                              PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT



                                                January 29, 1993


     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This is to confirm that, in consideration of the agreements
     hereinafter contained, the undersigned, Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio (the
     "Trust"), an open-end non-diversified management investment company
     registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
     Act"), organized as a New York trust, has agreed that Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD") shall be the placement agent (the "Placement
     Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.
                  ---------------------------
              1.1  EVD will act as Placement Agent of the Trust Interests
     covered by the Trust's registration statement then in effect under the
     1940 Act.  In acting as Placement Agent under this Placement Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD nor its employees or any agents thereof shall make
     any offer or sale of Trust Interests in a manner which would require the
     Trust Interests to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2  All activities by EVD and its agents and employees as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests shall comply with all applicable laws,
     rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and
     regulations adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3  Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Trust to
     accept any offer to purchase any Trust Interests, all of which shall be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4  The Portfolio shall furnish from time to time for use in
     connection with the sale of Trust Interests such information with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall also furnish EVD upon request with: (a) unaudited semiannual
     statements of the Trust's books and accounts prepared by the Trust, and
     (b) from time to time such additional information regarding the Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration statements
     filed by the Trust with the Commission under the 1940 Act with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared in conformity with the requirements of
     such statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. 
     As used in this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
<PAGE>






                                         -2-

     registration statement filed with the Commission as modified by any
     amendments thereto that at any time shall have been filed with the
     Commission by or on behalf of the Trust.  The Trust represents and
     warrants to EVD that any registration statement will contain all
     statements required to be stated therein in conformity with both such
     statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission; that all
     statements of fact contained in any registration statement will be true
     and correct in all material respects at the time of filing of such
     registration statement or amendment thereto; and that no registration
     statement will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Trust Interests. 
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from time to time such
     amendment to any registration statement as in the light of future
     developments may, in the opinion of the Trust's counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.  If the Trust shall not propose such amendment and/or
     supplement within fifteen days after receipt by the Trust of a written
     request from EVD to do so, EVD may, at its option, terminate this
     Agreement.  The Trust shall not file any amendment to any registration
     statement without giving EVD reasonable notice thereof in advance;
     provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any
     way limit the Trust's right to file at any time such amendment to any
     registration statement as the Trust may deem advisable, such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6  The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within the
     meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively, "Covered Persons") free and harmless from and against any
     and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of
     investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any
     counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which any Covered Person
     may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, common law or otherwise,
     arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact
     contained in any registration statement, private placement memorandum or
     other offering material ("Offering Material") or arising out of or based
     on any omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any
     Offering Material or necessary to make the statements in any Offering
     Material not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered Persons shall not be deemed to cover any claims,
     demands, liabilities or expenses arising out of any financial and other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its capacity
     as Placement Agent for use in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or in any statements made in any Offering Material, or arising
     out of or based on any omission or alleged omission to state a material
     fact in connection with the giving of such information required to be
     stated in such answers or necessary to make the answers not misleading;
     and further provided that the Trust's agreement to indemnify EVD and the
     Trust's representations and warranties hereinbefore set forth in this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not be deemed to cover any liability to the Trust or
     its investors to which a Covered Person would otherwise be subject by
<PAGE>






                                         -3-

     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
     performance of its duties, or by reason of a Covered Person's reckless
     disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Trust
     should be notified of any action brought against a Covered Person, such
     notification to be given by a writing addressed to the Trust, 24 Federal
     Street Boston, Massachusetts 02110,  with a copy to the Adviser of the
     Portfolio, Boston Management and Research, at the same address, promptly
     after the summons or other first legal process shall have been duly and
     completely served upon such Covered Person.  The failure to so notify the
     Trust of any such action shall not relieve the Trust from any liability
     except to the extent the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or from any liability that the Trust may have to the Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on account of the Trust's indemnity agreement
     contained in this paragraph.  The Trust will be entitled to assume the
     defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or
     liability, but in such case such defense shall be conducted by counsel of
     good standing chosen by the Trust and approved by EVD, which approval
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event the Trust elects to
     assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing
     approved by EVD, the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the
     fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but
     in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably does not approve of counsel chosen by the Trust,
     the Trust will reimburse the Covered Person named as defendant in such
     suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's indemnification agreement contained in this paragraph and the
     Trust's representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain
     operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery of
     any Trust Interests.  This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons and their successors.  The Trust agrees to notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the
     Trust or any of its officers or Trustees in connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7  EVD agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Trust, its
     several officers and trustees, and any person who controls the Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for purposes of this paragraph 1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
     liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or
     defending such claims, demands, liabilities and any counsel fees incurred
     in connection therewith) that Covered Persons may incur under the 1933
     Act, the 1934 Act or common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims or demands shall arise out of or be based on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD in
     its capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items of any registration statement or in any statements in any
     other Offering Material or shall arise out of or be based on any omission
     to state a material fact in connection with such information furnished in
<PAGE>






                                         -4-

     writing by EVD to the Trust required to be stated in such answers or
     necessary to make such information not misleading.  EVD shall be notified
     of any action brought against a Covered Person, such notification to be
     given by a writing addressed to EVD at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, promptly after the summons or other first legal
     process shall have been duly and completely served upon such Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have the right of first control of the defense of the
     action with counsel of its own choosing satisfactory to the Trust if such
     action is based solely on such alleged misstatement or omission on EVD's
     part, and in any other event each Covered Person shall have the right to
     participate in the defense or preparation of the defense of any such
     action.  The failure to so notify EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from any liability except to the extent the Trust shall have been
     prejudiced by such failure, or from any liability that EVD may have to
     Covered Persons by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or omission or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8  No Trust Interests shall be offered by either EVD or the
     Trust under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the
     purchase or sale of Trust Interests hereunder shall be accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement or
     any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the
     provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act; provided, however, that
     nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way restrict or have an
     application to or bearing on the Trust's obligation to redeem Trust
     Interests from any investor in accordance with the provisions of the
     Trust's registration statement or Declaration of Trust, as amended from
     time to time.

              1.9  The Trust agrees to advise EVD as soon as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)  of any request by the Commission for amendments to the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)  in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement then in
     effect or the initiation by service of process on the Trust of any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)  of the happening of any event that makes untrue any
     statement of a material fact made in the registration statement then in
     effect or that requires the making of a change in such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)  of all action of the Commission with respect to any
     amendment to any registration statement that may from time to time be
     filed with the Commission.
<PAGE>






                                         -5-

              For purposes of this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by or acts
     of the Staff of the Commission shall not be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.

              1.10  EVD agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat
     confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not otherwise publicly available relative to the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors and not to use such records
     and information for any purpose other than performance of its
     responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to
     and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be
     unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where EVD may be exposed to
     civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when
     requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.
                  ------------------------------------------
              This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its
     execution, and, unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall
     continue in full force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so
     long as such continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by
     the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not
     interested persons of EVD or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the Directors of
     EVD, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such written
     notice to EVD, terminate this Agreement by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This Agreement shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.
                  ------------------------------
              EVD and the Trust each hereby represents and warrants to the
     other that it has all requisite authority to enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this Agreement is legal, valid and binding, and enforceable in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.
                  -----------------------
              EVD expressly acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of
     Trust of the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability
     of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and EVD hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as
<PAGE>






                                         -6-

     between the Trust and EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.
                  -------------------
              The terms "assignment" and "interested persons" when used herein
     shall have the respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to such
     exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission by
     any rule, regulation or order.  The term "vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or more of the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the Holders of
     more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust are
     present or represented by proxy at the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and
     "Interests" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.
                  --------------------------------------------
              This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable provisions of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and to the extent
     that any provisions herein contained conflict with any such applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall, except to
     the extent that any applicable provisions of federal law shall be
     controlling, govern the construction, validity and effect of this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract set forth herein is acceptable to you, please so
     indicate by executing the enclosed copy of this Agreement and returning
     the same to the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a
     binding contract between the parties hereto effective at the closing of
     business on the date hereof.

                               Yours very truly,

                               MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                               By:  /s/James B. Hawkes 
                                   --------------------------
                                       President

     Accepted:

     EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

     By:  /s/Wharton P. Whitaker         
          -------------------------------
              President
<PAGE>















                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                                                January 29, 1993



     Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio hereby adopts and agrees to become a party to
     the attached Master Custodian Agreement between the Eaton Vance Hub
     Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.



                               MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORRTFOLIO




                               By /s/James B. Hawkes
                                  --------------------------------
                                   President

     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


     BY: /s/J.M. Keenan             
         ---------------------------
          Title: Vice President
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-7

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                        in the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   8

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-11

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . .   11-12

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  12

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                        Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-14

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                        Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . .   15-17

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  18

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  18
                    Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  20
<PAGE>






              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                    Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-22

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  22

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23-24

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  24

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24-25

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . .   25-26

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26-27

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

























                                        - ii -
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between each investment company advised by
     Boston Management and Research which has adopted this Agreement in the
     manner provided herein and Investors Bank & Trust Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws of Massachusetts with a principal place of business in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas, each such investment company is registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 and has appointed the Bank to act as
     Custodian of its property and to perform certain duties as its Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the Bank is willing and able to act as each such
     investment company's Custodian and Agent, subject to and in accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the
     mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, each such investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions

              Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a) "Trust" shall mean the investment company which has adopted
     this Agreement.

              (b) "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c) "The Depository Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities depository and
     which has been specifically approved as a securities depository for the
     Trust by the Board.

              (d) "Participants Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities depository and
     which has been specifically approved as a securities depository for the
     Trust by the Board.

              (e) "Approved Clearing Agency" shall mean any other domestic
     clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a
     securities depository but only if the Custodian has received a certified
     copy of a resolution of the Board approving such clearing agency as a
     securities depository for the Trust.

              (f) "Federal Book-Entry System" shall mean the book-entry system
     referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for
<PAGE>






     United States and federal agency securities (i.e., as provided in Subpart
     O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350,
     and the book-entry regulations of federal agencies substantially in the
     form of Subpart O).

              (g) "Approved Foreign Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
     securities depository or clearing agency referred to in Rule 17f-4 under
     the Investment Company Act of 1940 for foreign securities but only if the
     Custodian has received a certified copy of a resolution of the Board
     approving such depository or clearing agency as a foreign securities
     depository for the Trust.

              (h) "Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper" shall mean
     a system maintained by the Custodian or by a subcustodian employed
     pursuant to Section 2 hereof for the holding of commercial paper in
     book-entry form but only if the Custodian has received a certified copy of
     a resolution of the Board approving the participation by the Trust in such
     system.

              (i) The Custodian shall be deemed to have received "proper
     instructions" in respect of any of the matters referred to in this
     Agreement upon receipt of written or facsimile instructions signed by such
     one or more person or persons as the Board shall have from time to time
     authorized to give the particular class of instructions in question. 
     Different persons may be authorized to give instructions for different
     purposes.  A certified copy of a resolution of the Board may be received
     and accepted by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the authority of
     any such person to act and may be considered as in full force and effect
     until receipt of written notice to the contrary.  Such instructions may be
     general or specific in terms and, where appropriate, may be standing
     instructions.  Unless the resolution delegating authority to any person or
     persons to give a particular class of instructions specifically requires
     that the approval of any person, persons or committee shall first have
     been obtained before the Custodian may act on instructions of that class,
     the Custodian shall be under no obligation to question the right of the
     person or persons giving such instructions in so doing.  Oral instructions
     will be considered proper instructions if the Custodian reasonably
     believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such
     instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The Trust shall
     cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing.  The Trust
     authorizes the Custodian to tape record any and all telephonic or other
     oral instructions given to the Custodian.  Upon receipt of a certificate
     signed by two officers of the Trust as to the authorization by the
     President and the Treasurer of the Trust accompanied by a detailed
     description of the communication procedures approved by the President and
     the Treasurer of the Trust, "proper instructions" may also include
     communications effected directly between electromechanical or electronic
     devices provided that the President and Treasurer of the Trust and the
     Custodian are satisfied that such procedures afford adequate safeguards
     for the Trust's assets.  In performing its duties generally, and more
     particularly in connection with the purchase, sale and exchange of
     securities made by or for the Trust, the Custodian may take cognizance of

                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     the provisions of the governing documents and registration statement of
     the Trust as the same may from time to time be in effect (and resolutions
     or proceedings of the holders of interests in the Trust or the Board),
     but, nevertheless, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
     Custodian may assume unless and until notified in writing to the contrary
     that so-called proper instructions received by it are not in conflict with
     or in any way contrary to any provisions of such governing documents and
     registration statement, or resolutions or proceedings of the holders of
     interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j)  The term "Vote" when used with respect to the Board or the
     Holders of Interests in the Trust shall include a vote, resolution,
     consent, proceeding and other action taken by the Board or Holders in
     accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

              The Trust hereby appoints and employs the Bank as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and the
     Bank hereby accepts such appointment and employment.  The Trust agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities, participation interests, cash and
     other assets owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of
     principal and capital distributions and adjustments received by it with
     respect to all securities and participation interests owned by the Trust
     from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it from time to
     time in exchange for an interest in the Trust or for an increase in such
     an interest.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of
     the Trust held by the Trust and not delivered by the Trust to the
     Custodian.  The Trust will also deliver to the Bank from time to time
     copies of its currently effective declaration of trust, by-laws,
     registration statement and placement agent agreement with its placement
     agent, together with such resolutions, and other proceedings of the Trust
     as may be necessary for or convenient to the Bank in the performance of
     its duties hereunder.

              The Custodian may from time to time employ one or more
     subcustodians to perform such acts and services upon such terms and
     conditions as shall be approved from time to time by the Board.  Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall be deemed to be the agent
     of the Custodian, and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities, participation interests, moneys and other property of the
     Trust held by such subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning
     of Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the foreign
     custody arrangements shall be approved by the Board and shall be in
     accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Rule.  For the
     purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust held by any such
     subcustodian (domestic or foreign) shall be deemed to be held by the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.




                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Trust 

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  The Custodian shall keep
                  safely all property of the Trust and on behalf of the Trust
                  shall from time to time receive delivery of Trust property
                  for safekeeping.  The Custodian shall hold, earmark and
                  segregate on its books and records for the account of the
                  Trust all property of the Trust, including all securities,
                  participation interests and other assets of the Trust (1)
                  physically held by the Custodian, (2) held by any
                  subcustodian referred to in Section 2 hereof or by any agent
                  referred to in Paragraph K hereof, (3) held by or maintained
                  in The Depository Trust Company or in Participants Trust
                  Company or in an Approved Clearing Agency or in the Federal
                  Book-Entry System or in an Approved Foreign Securities
                  Depository, each of which from time to time is referred to
                  herein as a "Securities System", and (4) held by the
                  Custodian or by any subcustodian referred to in Section 2
                  hereof and maintained in any Approved Book-Entry System for
                  Commercial Paper.

              B.  Delivery of Securities The Custodian shall release and
                  deliver securities or participation interests owned by the
                  Trust held (or deemed to be held) by the Custodian or
                  maintained in a Securities System account or in an Approved
                  Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper account only upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, which may be continuing
                  instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only
                  in the following cases:

                      1)       Upon sale of such securities or participation
                               interests for the account of the Trust, but only
                               against receipt of payment therefor; if delivery
                               is made in Boston or New York City, payment
                               therefor shall be made in accordance with
                               generally accepted clearing house procedures or
                               by use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures;
                               if delivery is made elsewhere payment therefor
                               shall be in accordance with the then current
                               "street delivery" custom or in accordance with
                               such procedures agreed to in writing from time to
                               time by the parties hereto; if the sale is
                               effected through a Securities System, delivery
                               and payment therefor shall be made in accordance
                               with the provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the
                               sale of commercial paper is to be effected
                               through an Approved Book-Entry System for
                               Commercial Paper, delivery and payment therefor
                               shall be made in accordance with the provisions
                               of Paragraph M hereof; if the securities are to
                               be sold outside the United States, delivery may
                               be made in accordance with procedures agreed to

                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>






                               in writing from time to time by the parties
                               hereto; for the purposes of this subparagraph,
                               the term "sale" shall include the disposition of
                               a portfolio security (i) upon the exercise of an
                               option written by the Trust and (ii) upon the
                               failure by the Trust to make a successful bid
                               with respect to a portfolio security, the
                               continued holding of which is contingent upon the
                               making of such a bid;

                    2)         Upon the receipt of payment in connection with
                               any repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase
                               agreement relating to such securities and entered
                               into by the Trust;

                    3)         To the depository agent in connection with tender
                               or other similar offers for portfolio securities
                               of the Trust;

                    4)         To the issuer thereof or its agent when such
                               securities or participation interests are called,
                               redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;
                               provided that, in any such case, the cash or
                               other consideration is to be delivered to the
                               Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof;

                    5)         To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer
                               into the name of the Trust or into the name of
                               any nominee of the Custodian or into the name or
                               nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to
                               Paragraph K hereof or into the name or nominee
                               name of any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different
                               number of bonds, certificates or other evidence
                               representing the same aggregate face amount or
                               number of units; provided that, in any such case,
                               the new securities or participation interests are
                               to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                    6)         To the broker selling the same for examination in
                               accordance with the "street delivery" custom;
                               provided that the Custodian shall adopt such
                               procedures as the Trust from time to time shall
                               approve to ensure their prompt return to the
                               Custodian by the broker in the event the broker
                               elects not to accept them;

                    7)         For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan
                               of merger, consolidation, recapitalization,

                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>






                               reorganization or readjustment of the securities
                               of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to
                               provisions for conversion of such securities, or
                               pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that,
                               in any such case, the new securities and cash, if
                               any, are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                    8)         In the case of warrants, rights or similar
                               securities, the surrender thereof in connection
                               with the exercise of such warrants, rights or
                               similar securities, or the surrender of interim
                               receipts or temporary securities for definitive
                               securities; provided that, in any such case, the
                               new securities and cash, if any, are to be
                               delivered to the Custodian or any subcustodian
                               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                    9)         For delivery in connection with any loans of
                               securities made by the Trust (such loans to be
                               made pursuant to the terms of the Trust's current
                               registration statement), but only against receipt
                               of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time
                               to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                               be in the form of cash or obligations issued by
                               the United States government, its agencies or
                               instrumentalities; except that in connection with
                               any securities loans for which collateral is to
                               be credited to the Custodian's account in the
                               book-entry system authorized by the U.S.
                               Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be
                               held liable or responsible for the delivery of
                               securities loaned by the Trust prior to the
                               receipt of such collateral;

                    10)        For delivery as security in connection with any
                               borrowings by the Trust requiring a pledge or
                               hypothecation of assets by the Trust (if then
                               permitted under circumstances described in the
                               current registration statement of the Trust),
                               provided, that the securities shall be released
                               only upon payment to the Custodian of the monies
                               borrowed, except that in cases where additional
                               collateral is required to secure a borrowing
                               already made, further securities may be released
                               for that purpose; upon receipt of proper
                               instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                               upon redelivery to it of the securities pledged
                               or hypothecated therefor and upon surrender of
                               the note or notes evidencing the loan;


                                        - 6 -
<PAGE>






                    11)        When required for delivery in connection with any
                               redemption or repurchase of an interest in the
                               Trust in accordance with the provisions of
                               Paragraph J hereof;

                    12)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement between the Custodian (or a
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof) and a broker-dealer registered under the
                               Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, if
                               necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with
                               the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation or
                               of any registered national securities exchange,
                               or of any similar organization or organizations,
                               regarding deposit or escrow or other arrangements
                               in connection with options transactions by the
                               Trust;

                    13)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement among the Trust, the Custodian (or
                               a subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof), and a futures commissions merchant,
                               relating to compliance with the rules of the
                               Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of
                               any contract market or commodities exchange or
                               similar organization, regarding futures margin
                               account deposits or payments in connection with
                               futures transactions by the Trust;

                    14)        For any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board specifying the securities to be
                               delivered, setting forth the purpose for which
                               such delivery is to be made, declaring such
                               purpose to be proper corporate purpose, and
                               naming the person or persons to whom delivery of
                               such securities shall be made.

              C.     Registration of Securities  Securities held by the
                     Custodian (other than bearer securities) for the account
                     of the Trust shall be registered in the name of the Trust
                     or in the name of any nominee of the Trust or of any
                     nominee of the Custodian, or in the name or nominee name
                     of any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof, or
                     in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                     pursuant to Section 2 hereof, or in the name or nominee
                     name of The Depository Trust Company or Participants Trust
                     Company or Approved Clearing Agency or Federal Book-Entry
                     System or Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper;
                     provided, that securities are held in an account of the
                     Custodian or of such agent or of such subcustodian

                                        - 7 -
<PAGE>






                     containing only assets of the Trust or only assets held by
                     the Custodian or such agent or such subcustodian as a
                     custodian or subcustodian or in a fiduciary capacity for
                     customers.  All certificates for securities accepted by
                     the Custodian or any such agent or subcustodian on behalf
                     of the Trust shall be in "street" or other good delivery
                     form or shall be returned to the selling broker or dealer
                     who shall be advised of the reason thereof.

              D.     Bank Accounts  The Custodian shall open and maintain a
                     separate bank account or accounts in the name of the
                     Trust, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian
                     acting in pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and
                     shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the
                     provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the
                     account of the Trust other than cash maintained by the
                     Trust in a bank account established and used in accordance
                     with Rule 17f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
                     Funds held by the Custodian for the Trust may be deposited
                     by it to its credit as Custodian in the Banking Department
                     of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies
                     as the Custodian may in its discretion deem necessary or
                     desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or
                     trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian
                     under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that each
                     such bank or trust company and the funds to be deposited
                     with each such bank or trust company shall be approved in
                     writing by two officers of the Trust.  Such funds shall be
                     deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian
                     and shall be subject to withdrawal only by the Custodian
                     in that capacity.

              E.     Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests, in the
                     Trust  The Custodian shall make appropriate arrangements
                     with the Transfer Agent of the Trust to enable the
                     Custodian to make certain it promptly receives the cash or
                     other consideration due to the Trust for payment of
                     interests in the Trust, or increases in such interests, in
                     accordance with the governing documents and registration
                     statement of the Trust.  The Custodian will provide prompt
                     notification to the Trust of any receipt by it of such
                     payments.

              F.     Investment and Availability of Federal Funds  Upon
                     agreement between the Trust and the Custodian, the
                     Custodian shall, upon the receipt of proper instructions,
                     which may be continuing instructions when deemed
                     appropriate by the parties, invest in such securities and
                     instruments as may be set forth in such instructions on
                     the same day as received all federal funds received after
                     a time agreed upon between the Custodian and the Trust.


                                        - 8 -
<PAGE>






              G.     Collections  The Custodian shall promptly collect all
                     income and other payments with respect to registered
                     securities held hereunder to which the Trust shall be
                     entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the
                     securities business, and shall promptly collect all income
                     and other payments with respect to bearer securities if,
                     on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are
                     held by the Custodian or agent thereof and shall credit
                     such income, as collected, to the Trust's custodian
                     account.  The Custodian shall do all things necessary and
                     proper in connection with such prompt collections and,
                     without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the 
                     Custodian shall

                          1)   Present for payment all coupons and other income
                               items requiring presentations;

                          2)   Present for payment all securities which may
                               mature or be called, redeemed, retired or
                               otherwise become payable;

                          3)   Endorse and deposit for collection, in the name
                               of the Trust, checks, drafts or other negotiable
                               instruments;

                          4)   Credit income from securities maintained in a
                               Securities System or in an Approved Book-Entry
                               System for Commercial Paper at the time funds
                               become available to the Custodian; in the case of
                               securities maintained in The Depository Trust
                               Company funds shall be deemed available to the
                               Trust not later than the opening of business on
                               the first business day after receipt of such
                               funds by the Custodian.

                          The Custodian shall notify the Trust as soon as
                          reasonably practicable whenever income due on any
                          security is not promptly collected.  In any case in
                          which the Custodian does not receive any due and
                          unpaid income after it has made demand for the same,
                          it shall immediately so notify the Trust in writing,
                          enclosing copies of any demand letter, any written
                          response thereto, and memoranda of all oral responses
                          thereto and to telephonic demands, and await
                          instructions from the Trust; the Custodian shall in no
                          case have any liability for any nonpayment of such
                          income provided the Custodian meets the standard of
                          care set forth in Section 8 hereof.  The Custodian
                          shall not be obligated to take legal action for
                          collection unless and until reasonably indemnified to
                          its satisfaction.


                                        - 9 -
<PAGE>






                          The Custodian shall also receive and collect all stock
                          dividends, rights and other items of like nature, and
                          deal with the same pursuant to proper instructions
                          relative thereto.

              H.     Payment of Trust Monies  Upon receipt of proper
                     instructions, which may be continuing instructions when
                     deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay
                     out monies of the Trust in the following cases only:

                          1)   Upon the purchase of securities, participation
                               interests, options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts and options on futures contracts
                               purchased for the account of the Trust but only
                               (a) against the receipt of

                               (i) such securities registered as provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed instructions signed by an officer
                               of the Trust regarding the participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii) written confirmation of the purchase by the
                               Trust of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options on futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof or by a clearing corporation
                               of a national securities exchange of which the
                               Custodian is a member or by any bank, banking
                               institution or trust company doing business in
                               the United States or abroad which is qualified
                               under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to act
                               as a custodian and which has been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the agent specifically designated in such
                               instructions as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the case of a purchase effected through a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the Securities System in accordance with the
                               conditions set forth in Paragraph L hereof; (c)
                               in the case of a purchase of commercial paper
                               effected through an Approved Book-Entry System
                               for Commercial Paper, upon receipt of the paper
                               by the Custodian or subcustodian in accordance
                               with the conditions set forth in Paragraph M
                               hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements
                               entered into between the Trust and another bank
                               or a broker-dealer, against receipt by the
                               Custodian of the securities underlying the

                                        - 10 -
<PAGE>






                               repurchase agreement either in certificate form
                               or through an entry crediting the Custodian's
                               segregated, non-proprietary account at the
                               Federal Reserve Bank of Boston with such
                               securities along with written evidence of the
                               agreement by the bank or broker-dealer to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect to securities purchased outside of
                               the United States, in accordance with written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing
                               by the parties hereto;

                               2)      When required in connection with the
                                       conversion, exchange or surrender of
                                       securities owned by the Trust as set
                                       forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                               3)      When required for the reduction or
                                       redemption of an interest in the Trust
                                       in accordance with the provisions of
                                       Paragraph J hereof;

                               4)      For the payment of any expense or
                                       liability incurred by the Trust,
                                       including but not limited to the
                                       following payments for the account of
                                       the Trust:  advisory fees, interest,
                                       taxes, management compensation and
                                       expenses, accounting, transfer agent and
                                       legal fees, and other operating expenses
                                       of the Trust whether or not such
                                       expenses are to be in whole or part
                                       capitalized or treated as deferred
                                       expenses;

                               5)      For distributions or payment to Holders
                                       of Interest in the Trust; and

                               6)      For any other proper corporate purpose,
                                       but only upon receipt of, in addition to
                                       proper instructions, a certified copy of
                                       a resolution of the Board, specifying
                                       the amount of such payment, setting
                                       forth the purpose for which such payment
                                       is to be made, declaring such purpose to
                                       be a proper corporate purpose, and
                                       naming the person or persons to whom
                                       such payment is to be made.

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt of Securities
                  Purchased  In any and every case where payment for purchase
                  of securities for the account of the Trust is made by the

                                        - 11 -
<PAGE>






                  Custodian in advance of receipt of the securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific written instructions signed by two
                  officers of the Trust to so pay in advance, the Custodian
                  shall be absolutely liable to the Trust for such securities
                  to the same extent as if the securities had been received by
                  the Custodian; except that in the case of a repurchase
                  agreement entered into by the Trust with a bank which is a
                  member of the Federal Reserve System, the Custodian may
                  transfer trusts to the account of such bank prior to the
                  receipt of (i) the securities in certificate form subject to
                  such repurchase agreement or (ii) written evidence that the
                  securities subject to such repurchase agreement have been
                  transferred by book-entry into a segregated non-proprietary
                  account of the Custodian maintained with the Federal Reserve
                  Bank of Boston or (iii) the safekeeping receipt, provided
                  that such securities have in fact been so transferred by
                  book-entry and the written repurchase agreement is received
                  by the Custodian in due course; and except that if the
                  securities are to be purchased outside the United States,
                  payment may be made in accordance with procedures agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions of Interests in the
                  Trust  From such funds as may be available for the purpose,
                  but subject to any applicable resolutions of the Board and
                  the current procedures of the Trust, the Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of written instructions from the Trust or from
                  the Trust's Transfer Agent, make funds and/or portfolio
                  securities available for payment to Holders of Interest in
                  the Trust who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian  The Custodian may at
                  any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any
                  time remove) any other bank or trust company (provided such
                  bank or trust company is itself qualified under the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940 to act as a custodian or is
                  itself an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning of
                  Rule 17f-5 under said Act) as the agent of the Custodian to
                  carry out such of the duties and functions of the Custodian
                  described in this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct; provided, however, that the appointment of any
                  such agent shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its
                  responsibilities or liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust and the Custodian the Custodian shall be fully
                  responsible for the acts and omissions of any such agent. 
                  For the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held by any such agent shall be deemed to be held by the
                  Custodian hereunder.




                                        - 12 -
<PAGE>






              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities Systems 
                  The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                          (1)  in The Depository Trust Company;

                          (2)  in Participants Trust Company;

                          (3)  in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                          (4)  in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                          (5)  in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository

                      in each case only in accordance with applicable Federal
                      Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission
                      rules and regulations, and at all times subject to the
                      following provisions:

                      (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2 keep
                      securities of the Trust in a Securities System provided
                      that such securities are maintained in a non-proprietary
                      account ("Account") of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                      in the Securities System which shall not include any
                      assets of the Custodian or such subcustodian or any other
                      person other than assets held by the Custodian or such
                      subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for
                      its customers.

                      (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                      securities of the Trust which are maintained in a
                      Securities System shall identify by book-entry those
                      securities belonging to the Trust, and the Custodian
                      shall be fully and completely responsible for maintaining
                      a recordkeeping system capable of accurately and
                      currently stating the Trust's holdings maintained in each
                      such Securities System.

                          (c)  The Custodian shall pay for securities purchased
                          in book-entry form for the account of the Trust only
                          upon (i) receipt of notice or advice from the
                          Securities System that such securities have been
                          transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of any
                          entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                          payment and transfer for the account of the Trust. 
                          The Custodian shall transfer securities sold for the
                          account of the Trust only upon (i) receipt of notice
                          or advice from the Securities System that payment for
                          such securities has been transferred to the Account,
                          and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the
                          Custodian to reflect such transfer and payment for the

                                        - 13 -
<PAGE>






                          account of the Trust. Copies of all notices or advices
                          from the Securities System of transfers of securities
                          for the account of the Trust shall identify the Trust,
                          be maintained for the Trust by the Custodian and be
                          promptly provided to the Trust at its request.  The
                          Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                          confirmation of each transfer to or from the account
                          of the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice
                          of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the
                          Trust copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting
                          each day's transactions in the Securities System for
                          the account of the Trust on the next business day.

                          (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                          any report or other communication received or obtained
                          by the Custodian relating to the Securities System's
                          accounting system, system of internal accounting
                          controls or procedures for safeguarding securities
                          deposited in the Securities System; the Custodian
                          shall promptly send to the Trust any report or other
                          communication relating to the Custodian's internal
                          accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                          securities deposited in any Securities System; and the
                          Custodian shall ensure that any agent appointed
                          pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or any subcustodian
                          employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof shall promptly
                          send to the Trust and to the Custodian any report or
                          other communication relating to such agent's or
                          subcustodian's internal accounting controls and
                          procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in
                          any Securities System.  The Custodian's books and
                          records  relating to the Trust's participation in each
                          Securities System will at all times during regular
                          business hours be open to the inspection of the
                          Trust's authorized officers, employees or agents.

                          (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph
                          L in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an
                          officer of the Trust that the Board has approved the
                          use of a particular Securities System; the Custodian
                          shall also obtain appropriate assurance from the
                          officers of the Trust that the Board has annually
                          reviewed the continued use by the Trust of each
                          Securities System, and the Trust shall promptly notify
                          the Custodian if the use of a Securities System is to
                          be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                          Custodian will terminate the use of any such
                          Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                          (f)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                          notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                          Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting

                                        - 14 -
<PAGE>






                          from use of the Securities System by reason of any
                          negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of the Custodian
                          or any of its agents or subcustodians or of any of its
                          or their employees or from any failure of the
                          Custodian or any such agent or subcustodian to enforce
                          effectively such rights as it may have against the
                          Securities System or any other person; at the election
                          of the Trust, it shall be entitled to be subrogated to
                          the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claim
                          against the Securities System or any other person
                          which the Custodian may have as a consequence of any
                          such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
                          Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                          damage.

              M.      Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper  Upon receipt of
                      proper instructions with respect to each issue of direct
                      issue commercial paper purchased by the Trust, the
                      Custodian may deposit and/or maintain direct issue
                      commercial paper owned by the Trust in any Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, in each case only
                      in accordance with applicable Securities and Exchange
                      Commission rules, regulations, and no-action
                      correspondence, and at all times subject to the following
                      provisions:

                          (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one
                          or more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2)
                          keep commercial paper of the Trust in an Approved
                          Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, provided that
                          such paper is issued in book entry form by the
                          Custodian or subcustodian on behalf of an issuer with
                          which the Custodian or subcustodian has entered into a
                          book-entry agreement and provided further that such
                          paper is maintained in a non-proprietary account
                          ("Account") of the Custodian or such subcustodian in
                          an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper
                          which shall not include any assets of the Custodian or
                          such subcustodian or any other person other than
                          assets held by the Custodian or such subcustodian as a
                          fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for its customers.

                          (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                          commercial paper of the Trust which is maintained in
                          an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper
                          shall identify by book-entry each specific issue of
                          commercial paper purchased by the Trust which is
                          included in the Securities System and shall at all
                          times during regular business hours be open for
                          inspection by authorized officers, employees or agents
                          of the Trust.  The Custodian shall be fully and

                                        - 15 -
<PAGE>






                          completely responsible for maintaining a recordkeeping
                          system capable of accurately and currently stating the
                          Trust's holdings of commercial paper maintained in
                          each such System.

                          (c)  The Custodian shall pay for commercial paper
                          purchased in book-entry form for the account of the
                          Trust only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice
                          or advice from the issuer that such paper has been
                          issued, sold and transferred to the Account, and (ii)
                          the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian
                          to reflect such purchase, payment and transfer for the
                          account of the Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer
                          such commercial paper which is sold or cancel such
                          commercial paper which is redeemed for the account of
                          the Trust only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of
                          notice or advice that payment for such paper has been
                          transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                          entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                          transfer or redemption and payment for the account of
                          the Trust. Copies of all notices, advices and
                          confirmations of transfers of commercial paper for the
                          account of the Trust shall identify the Trust, be
                          maintained for the Trust by the Custodian and be
                          promptly provided to the Trust at its request.  The
                          Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                          confirmation of each transfer to or from the account
                          of the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice
                          of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the
                          Trust copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting
                          each day's transactions in the System for the account
                          of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or obtained by the
                      Custodian relating to each System's accounting system,
                      system of internal accounting controls or procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in the System;
                      the Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any report
                      or other communication relating to the Custodian's
                      internal accounting controls and procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in any Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian
                      shall ensure that any agent appointed pursuant to
                      Paragraph K hereof or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                      to Section 2 hereof shall promptly send to the Trust and
                      to the Custodian any report or other communication
                      relating to such agent's or subcustodian's internal
                      accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                      securities deposited in any Approved Book-Entry System
                      for Commercial Paper.


                                        - 16 -
<PAGE>






                      (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph M
                      in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer
                      of the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                      particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper; the Custodian shall also obtain appropriate
                      assurance from the officers of the Trust that the Board
                      has annually reviewed the continued use by the Trust of
                      each Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and
                      the Trust shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use
                      of an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is
                      to be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                      Custodian will terminate the use of any such System as
                      promptly as practicable.

                      (f)  The Custodian (or subcustodian, if the Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by
                      the subcustodian) shall issue physical commercial paper
                      or promissory notes whenever requested to do so by the
                      Trust or in the event of an electronic system failure
                      which impedes issuance, transfer or custody of direct
                      issue commercial paper by book-entry.

                      (g)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                      Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from
                      use of any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper by reason of any negligence, misfeasance or
                      misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or
                      subcustodians or of any of its or their employees or from
                      any failure of the Custodian or any such agent or
                      subcustodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may
                      have against the System, the issuer of the commercial
                      paper or any other person; at the election of the Trust,
                      it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of
                      the Custodian with respect to any claim against the
                      System, the issuer of the commercial paper or any other
                      person which the Custodian may have as a consequence of
                      any such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
                      Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                      damage.

              N.  Segregated Account  The Custodian shall upon receipt of
                  proper instructions establish and maintain a segregated
                  account or accounts for and on behalf of the Trust, into
                  which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or
                  securities, including securities maintained in an account by
                  the Custodian pursuant to Paragraph L hereof, (i) in
                  accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the
                  Trust, the Custodian and any registered broker-dealer (or any
                  futures commission merchant), relating to compliance with the
                  rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any
                  registered national securities exchange (or of the Commodity

                                        - 17 -
<PAGE>






                  Futures Trading Commission or of any contract market or
                  commodities exchange), or of any similar organization or
                  organizations, regarding escrow or deposit or other
                  arrangements in connection with transactions by the Trust,
                  (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or U.S. Government
                  securities in connection with options  purchased, sold or
                  written by the Trust or futures contracts or options thereon
                  purchased or sold by the Trust, (iii) for the purposes of
                  compliance by the Trust with the procedures required by
                  Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent
                  release or releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by
                  registered investment companies and (iv) for other proper
                  purposes, but only, in the case of clause (iv), upon receipt
                  of, in addition to proper instructions, a certificate signed
                  by two officers of the Trust, setting forth the purpose such
                  segregated account and declaring such purpose to be a proper
                  purpose.

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  The Custodian shall
                  execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for
                  all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt
                  of income or other payments with respect to securities of the
                  Trust held by it and in connection with transfers of
                  securities.

              P.  Proxies  The Custodian shall, with respect to the securities
                  held by it hereunder, cause to be promptly delivered to the
                  Trust all forms of proxies and all notices of meetings and
                  any other notices or announcements or other written
                  information affecting or relating to the securities, and upon
                  receipt of proper instructions shall execute and deliver or
                  cause its nominee to execute and deliver such proxies or
                  other authorizations as may be required. Neither the
                  Custodian nor its nominee shall vote upon any of the
                  securities or execute any proxy to vote thereon or give any
                  consent or take any other action with respect thereto (except
                  as otherwise herein provided) unless ordered to do so by
                  proper instructions.

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio Securities  The
                  Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all written
                  information (including, without limitation, pendency of call
                  and maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options written by the Trust and the
                  maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Trust)
                  received by the Custodian from issuers and other persons
                  relating to the securities and participation interests being
                  held for the Trust.  With respect to tender or exchange
                  offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all
                  written information received by the Custodian from issuers

                                        - 18 -
<PAGE>






                  and other persons relating to the securities and
                  participation interests whose tender or exchange is sought
                  and from the party (or his agents) making the tender or
                  exchange offer.

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  In the case of tender
                  offers, similar offers to purchase or exercise rights
                  (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and
                  maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options and the maturity of futures
                  contracts) affecting or relating to securities and
                  participation interests held by the Custodian under this
                  Agreement, the Custodian shall have responsibility for
                  promptly notifying the Trust of all such offers in accordance
                  with the standard of reasonable care set forth in Section 8
                  hereof.  For all such offers for which the Custodian is
                  responsible as provided in this Paragraph R, the Trust shall
                  have responsibility for providing the Custodian with all
                  necessary instructions in timely fashion.  Upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely deliver to
                  the issuer or trustee thereof, or to the agent of either,
                  warrants, puts, calls, rights or similar securities for the
                  purpose of being exercised or sold upon proper receipt
                  therefor and upon receipt of assurances satisfactory to the
                  Custodian that the new securities and cash, if any, acquired
                  by such action are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                  subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely
                  deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of securities
                  upon proper receipt therefor and upon receipt of assurances
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the consideration to be
                  paid or delivered or the tendered securities are to be
                  returned to the Custodian or subcustodian employed pursuant
                  to Section 2 hereof.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
                  Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall take all
                  necessary action, unless otherwise directed to the contrary
                  by proper instructions, to comply with the terms of all
                  mandatory or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders,
                  redemptions, or similar rights of security ownership, and
                  shall thereafter promptly notify the Trust in writing of such
                  action.

              S.  Depository Receipts  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, surrender or cause to be surrendered
                  foreign securities to the depository used by an issuer of
                  American Depository Receipts or International Depository
                  Receipts (hereinafter collectively referred to as "ADRs") for
                  such securities, against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing such securities and written evidence
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the depository has
                  acknowledged receipt of instructions to issue with respect to

                                        - 19 -
<PAGE>






                  such securities in the name of a nominee of the Custodian or
                  in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                  pursuant to Section 2 hereof, for delivery to the Custodian
                  or such subcustodian at such place as the Custodian or such
                  subcustodian may from time to time designate. The Custodian
                  shall, upon receipt of proper instructions, surrender ADRs to
                  the issuer thereof against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing the ADRs surrendered and written
                  evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the
                  ADRs has acknowledged receipt of instructions to cause its
                  depository to deliver the securities underlying such ADRs to
                  the Custodian or to a subcustodian employed pursuant to
                  Section 2 hereof.

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits  The Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of proper instructions, place interest bearing
                  fixed term and call deposits with the banking department of
                  such banking institution (other than the Custodian) and in
                  such amounts as the Trust may designate.  Deposits may be
                  denominated in U.S. Dollars or other currencies.  The
                  Custodian shall include in its records with respect to the
                  assets of the Trust appropriate notation as to the amount and
                  currency of each such deposit, the accepting banking
                  institution and other appropriate details and shall retain
                  such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit, if
                  any, as may be forwarded to the Custodian by the banking
                  institution.  Such deposits shall be deemed portfolio
                  securities of the Trust for the purposes of this Agreement,
                  and the Custodian shall be responsible for the collection of
                  income from such accounts and the transmission of cash to and
                  from such accounts.

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions

                          1.   Options.  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                      proper instructions and in accordance with the provisions
                      of any agreement between the Custodian, any registered
                      broker-dealer and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to
                      compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing
                      Corporation or of any registered national securities
                      exchange or similar organization or organizations,
                      receive and retain confirmations or other documents, if
                      any, evidencing the purchase or writing of an option on a
                      security or securities index or other financial
                      instrument or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in
                      a segregated account for the Trust, either physically or
                      by book-entry in a Securities System, securities subject
                      to a covered call option written by the Trust; and
                      release and/or transfer such securities or other assets
                      only in accordance with a notice or other communication
                      evidencing the expiration, termination or exercise of
                      such covered option furnished by the Options Clearing

                                        - 20 -
<PAGE>






                      Corporation, the securities or options exchange on which
                      such covered option is traded or such other organization
                      as may be responsible for handling such options
                      transactions.  The Custodian and the broker-dealer shall
                      be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in the
                      Trust's segregated account in compliance with applicable
                      margin maintenance requirements.

                  2.  Futures Contracts  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
              proper instructions, receive and retain confirmations and other
              documents, if any, evidencing the purchase or sale of a futures
              contract or an option on a futures contract by the Trust; deposit
              and maintain in a segregated account, for the benefit of any
              futures commission merchant, assets designated by the Trust as
              initial, maintenance or variation "margin" deposits (including
              mark-to-market payments) intended to secure the Trust's
              performance of its obligations under any futures contracts
              purchased or sold or any options on futures contracts written by
              Trust, in accordance with the provisions of any agreement or
              agreements among the Trust, the Custodian and such futures
              commission merchant, designed to comply with the rules of the
              Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of any contract
              market or commodities exchange or similar organization regarding
              such margin deposits or payments; and release and/or transfer
              assets in such margin accounts only in accordance with any such
              agreements or rules.  The Custodian and the futures commission
              merchant shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held
              in the segregated account in compliance with the applicable
              margin maintenance and mark-to-market payment requirements.

                  3.  Foreign Exchange Transactions  The Custodian shall,
     pursuant to proper instructions, enter into or cause a subcustodian to
     enter into foreign exchange contracts or options to purchase and sell
     foreign currencies for spot and future delivery on behalf and for the
     account of the Trust.  Such transactions may be undertaken by the
     Custodian or subcustodian with such banking or financial institutions or
     other currency brokers, as set forth in proper instructions.  Foreign
     exchange contracts and options shall be deemed to be portfolio securities
     of the Trust; and accordingly, the responsibility of the Custodian
     therefor shall be the same as and no greater than the Custodian's
     responsibility in respect of other portfolio securities of the Trust.  The
     Custodian shall be responsible for the transmittal to and receipt of cash
     from the currency broker or banking or financial institution with which
     the contract or option is made, the maintenance of proper records with
     respect to the transaction and the maintenance of any segregated account
     required in connection with the transaction.  The Custodian shall have no
     duty with respect to the selection of the currency brokers or banking or
     financial institutions with which the Trust deals or for their failure to
     comply with the terms of any contract or option.  Without limiting the
     foregoing, it is agreed that upon receipt of proper instructions and
     insofar as funds are made available to the Custodian for the purpose, the
     Custodian may (if determined necessary by the Custodian to consummate a

                                        - 21 -
<PAGE>






     particular transaction on behalf and for the account of the Trust) make
     free outgoing payments of cash in the form of U.S. dollars or foreign
     currency before receiving confirmation of a foreign exchange contract or
     confirmation that the countervalue currency completing the foreign
     exchange contract has been delivered or received.  The Custodian shall not
     be responsible for any costs and interest charges which may be incurred by
     the Trust or the Custodian as a result of the failure or delay of third
     parties to deliver foreign exchange; provided that the Custodian shall
     nevertheless be held to the standard of care set forth in, and shall be
     liable to the Trust in accordance with, the provisions of Section 8.

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  The Custodian
                  may in its discretion, without express authority from the
                  Trust:

                      1)  make payments to itself or others for minor expenses
                          of handling securities or other similar items relating
                          to its duties under this Agreement, provided, that all
                          such payments shall be accounted for by the Custodian
                          to the Treasurer of the Trust;

                      2)  surrender securities in temporary form for securities
                          in definitive form;

                      3)  endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                          checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

                      4)  in general, attend to all nondiscretionary details in
                          connection with the sale, exchange, substitution,
                          purchase, transfer and other dealings with the
                          securities and property of the Trust except as
                          otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value

              The Bank shall as Agent (or as Custodian, as the case may be)
     keep such books of account (including records showing the adjusted tax
     costs of the Trust's portfolio securities) and render as at the close of
     business on each day a detailed statement of the amounts received or paid
     out and of securities received or delivered for the account of the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's portfolio securities; and shall furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time to time requested by the
     Treasurer or any executive officer of the Trust; and shall compute and
     determine, as of the close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such other time or times as the Board may determine, the net asset
     value of the Trust and the net asset value of each interest in the Trust,
     such computations and determinations to be made in accordance with the
     governing documents of the Trust and the votes and instructions of the
     Board and of the investment adviser at the time in force and applicable,
     and promptly notify the Trust and its investment adviser and such other

                                        - 22 -
<PAGE>






     persons as the Trust may request of the result of such computation and
     determination.  In computing the net asset value the Custodian may rely
     upon security quotations received by telephone or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services designated by the Trust by proper instructions, and
     may further rely upon information furnished to it by any authorized
     officer of the Trust relative (a) to liabilities of the Trust not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to the existence, status and proper
     treatment of any reserve or reserves, (c) to any procedures or policies
     established by the Board regarding the valuation of portfolio securities
     or other assets, and (d) to the value to be assigned to any bond, note,
     debenture, Treasury bill, repurchase agreement, subscription right,
     security, participation interests or other asset or property for which
     market quotations are not readily available.  The Custodian shall also
     compute and determine at such time or times as the Trust may designate the
     portion of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in
     the Trust in computing and determining its federal income tax liability
     including, but not limited to, each item of income, expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties

              The Bank shall create, maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal and state tax laws and any other law
     or administrative rules or procedures which may be applicable to the
     Trust.  All books of account and records maintained by the Bank in
     connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall
     be the property of the Trust, shall at all times during the regular
     business hours of the Bank be open for inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or agents of the Trust, and in the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall be delivered to the Trust or to such other person or
     persons as shall be designated by the Trust.  Disposition of any account
     or record after any required period of preservation shall be only in
     accordance with specific instructions received from the Trust.  The Bank
     shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust, to the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory of securities held with appropriate information as to
     securities in transit or in the process of purchase or sale and with such
     other information as said auditors may from time to time request.  The
     Custodian shall also maintain records of all receipts, deliveries and
     locations of such securities, together with a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at the
     Custodian) of certificates representing bonds and other securities for
     which it is responsible under this Agreement in such manner as the
     Custodian shall determine from time to time to be advisable in order to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose or use
     any books or records it has prepared or maintained by reason of this

                                        - 23 -
<PAGE>






     Agreement in any manner except as expressly authorized herein or directed
     by the Trust, and the Bank shall keep confidential any information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants

              The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions from the Trust's independent public accountants with
     respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of
     the Trust's registration statement and Form N-SAR or other periodic
     reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank

              The Bank shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its
     services as Custodian and Agent, as agreed upon from time to time between
     the Trust and the Bank.  The Bank shall be entitled to receive from the
     Trust on demand reimbursement for its cash disbursements, expenses and
     charges, including counsel fees, in connection with its duties as
     Custodian and Agent hereunder, but excluding salaries and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       Responsibility of Bank

              So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument
     reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be entitled to rely on and
     may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held to the exercise of
     reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad faith acts or failures to act. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph is
     intended to nor shall it be construed to modify the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and in subparagraph f of Paragraph L of Section 3 hereof with respect to
     Securities Systems and in subparagraph g of Paragraph M of Section 3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a
     foreign banking institution to the same extent as set forth with respect
     to subcustodians generally in Section 2 hereof, provided that, regardless
     of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities depository or a branch of a U.S. bank,

                                        - 24 -
<PAGE>






     the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense,
     liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, the direction of or
     authorization by the Trust to maintain custody of any securities or cash
     of the Trust in a foreign country including, but not limited to, losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, acts
     of war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, military or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission, fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity to take any action
     with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or
     which action may, in the opinion of the Bank, result in the Bank or its
     nominee assigned to the Trust being liable for the payment of money or
     incurring liability of some other form, the Trust, as a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust

              (i)  No trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall
     have physical access to the assets of the Trust held by the Custodian or
     be authorized or permitted to withdraw any investments of the Trust, nor
     shall the Custodian deliver any assets of the Trust to any such person. 
     No officer or director, employee or agent of the Custodian who holds any
     similar position with the Trust or the investment adviser or the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access to assets of the Trust held hereunder shall only be
     available to duly authorized officers, employees, representatives or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions the
     Custodian shall be responsible to the extent permitted hereunder, or to
     the Trust's independent public accountants in connection with their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)  Nothing in this Section 9 shall prohibit any officer,
     employee or agent of the Trust or of the investment adviser of the Trust
     from giving instructions to the Custodian or executing a certificate so
     long as it does not result in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor 
              Custodian

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter
     provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties
     hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination
     to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such
     delivery or mailing; provided, that the Trust may at any time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or (ii) immediately

                                        - 25 -
<PAGE>






     terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator
     or receiver for the Custodian by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
     or by the Banking Commissioner of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or
     upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate
     regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon termination of
     the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as
     may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise reimburse
     the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements.

              Unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding "voting
     securities" of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
     1940) vote to have the securities, funds and other properties held
     hereunder delivered and paid over to some other bank or trust company,
     specified in the vote, having not less than $2,000,000 of aggregate
     capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last published
     report, and meeting such other qualifications for custodians set forth in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Board shall, forthwith, upon
     giving or receiving notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as
     successor custodian, a bank or trust company having such qualifications. 
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to such successor custodian, all securities then held
     hereunder and all funds or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the Bank hereunder and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no such vote has been adopted by the
     Holders of Interest in the Trust and that no written order designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the Bank on or before the
     date when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing
     business in Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection, having an
     aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last
     published report, of not less than $2,000,000, all funds, securities and
     properties of the Trust held by or deposited with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and
     all documents held by the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or
     trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions

              In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive
     of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such
     interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable
     federal or state regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.  No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided
     in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this
     Agreement.

                                        - 26 -
<PAGE>






     12.      Notices

              Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust addressed to 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110 or to such
     other address as the Trust may have designated to the Bank, in writing
     with a copy to Eaton Vance Management at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, or to Investors Bank & Trust Company, 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with a copy to Eaton Vance Management
     at 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be deemed to have
     been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressees.

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply

              This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof
     interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts.

              The Custodian expressly acknowledges the provision in the
     Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the
     personal liability of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and the
     Custodian hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the Trust for
     payment of claims or obligations as between the Trust and the Custodian
     arising out of this Agreement, and the Custodian shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust

              The Trust represents that its Board has approved this Agreement
     and has duly authorized the Trust to adopt this Agreement, such adoption
     to be evidenced by a letter agreement between the Trust and the Bank
     reflecting such adoption, which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly authorized officer of the Trust and duly authorized officer of
     the Bank.  This Agreement shall be deemed to be duly executed and
     delivered by each of the parties in its name and behalf by its duly
     authorized officer as of the date of such letter agreement, and this
     Agreement shall be deemed to supersede and terminate, as of the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 













                                        - 27 -
<PAGE>





















                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                           -------------------------------

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1      Capital Accounts of Holders   . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.2      Book Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3      Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4      Compliance with Treasury Regulations  . . . .   5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1      Distributions of Distributable Cash   . . . .   5
              Section 4.2      Division Among Holders  . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3      Distributions Upon Liquidation of a
                               Holder's Interest in the Trust  . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.4      Amounts Withheld  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

              Section 5.1      Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts    6
              Section 5.2      Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax
                               Loss to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.3      Special Allocations to Book and Tax
                               Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4      Other Adjustments to Book and Tax
                               Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.5      Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and
                               Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.6      Redemptions During the Fiscal Year  . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

              Section 6.1      Partial Withdrawals   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2      Redemptions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3      Distribution in Kind  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

              Section 7.1      Liquidation Procedure   . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 7.2      Alternative Liquidation Procedure   . . . . .   9
              Section 7.3      Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation   . . . .   9
              Section 7.4      Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                               Account Balance   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9



                                          i
<PAGE>









                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                             MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                             ---------------------------

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction
                                     ------------
              The Trust is treated as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes. These procedures have been adopted by the Trustees of the Trust
     and will be furnished to the Trust's accountants for the purpose of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions
                                     -----------
              Except as otherwise provided herein, a term referred to herein
     shall have the same meaning as that ascribed to it in the Declaration. 
     References in this document to "HEREOF", "HEREIN" and "HEREUNDER" shall be
     deemed to refer to this document in its entirety rather than the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Book Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "Capital Contribution" shall mean, with respect to any Holder,
     the amount of money and the Fair Market Value of any assets actually
     contributed from time to time to the Trust with respect to the Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Declaration" shall mean the Trust's Declaration of Trust, dated
     May 1, 1992, as amended from time to time.

              "Designated Expenses" shall mean extraordinary Trust expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.
<PAGE>






              "Distributable Cash" for any Fiscal Year shall mean the gross
     cash proceeds from Trust activities, less the portion thereof used to pay
     or establish Reserves, plus such portion of the Reserves as the Trustees,
     in their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as Reserves. 
     Distributable Cash shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "Fair Market Value" of a security, instrument or other asset on
     any particular day shall mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by or on behalf of the Trustees in the manner set forth in the
     Registration Statement.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by the
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "Investments" shall mean all securities, instruments or other
     assets of the Trust of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited
     to, all equity and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "Matched Income or Loss" shall mean Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income or Tax Loss of the Trust comprising interest, original issue
     discount and dividends and all other types of income or loss to the extent
     the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from such items are recognized for tax purposes at the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "Net Unrealized Gain" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "Net Unrealized Loss" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate adjusted bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "Profit" and "Loss" shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other
     period, an amount equal to the Taxable Income or Tax Loss for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                  (i) Any Tax-Exempt Income shall be added to such
              Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and


                                          2
<PAGE>






                  (ii)    Any expenditures of the Trust for such year
              or period described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code
              or treated as expenditures under Section 705(a)(2)(B) of
              the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulations
              Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken
              into account in computing Profit or Loss or specially
              allocated shall be subtracted from such Taxable Income or
              added to such Tax Loss.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "Registration Statement" shall mean the Registration Statement of
     the Trust on Form N-1A as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to
     time.

              "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds set
     aside or amounts allocated during such period to reserves which shall be
     maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Trustees for working
     capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service, renewals, or other
     costs or expenses, incident to the ownership of the Investments or to its
     operations.

              "Tax Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Tax Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "Tax-Exempt Income" shall mean income of the Trust for such
     Fiscal Year or period that is exempt from federal income tax and not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "Tax Lot" shall mean securities or other property which are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "Taxable Income" or "Tax Loss" shall mean the taxable income or
     tax loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for each Fiscal Year as determined for federal income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or otherwise not included in computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the Income Tax Regulations
     promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "Trust" shall mean Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio, a trust fund
     formed under the laws of the State of New York by the Declaration.



                                          3
<PAGE>






              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to the Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     thereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts
                                   ----------------
              3.1.    Capital Accounts of Holders.  A separate Book Capital
     Account and a separate Tax Capital Account shall be maintained for each
     Holder pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3. hereof, respectively.  In
     the event the Trustees shall determine that it is prudent to modify the
     manner in which the Book Capital Accounts or Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with the
     Treasury Regulations, the Trustees may make such modification, provided
     that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts
     distributable to any Holder pursuant to Article VII hereof upon the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.    Book Capital Accounts.  The Book Capital Account balance
     of each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a) increased by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b) decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or increase
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c) increased or decreased, as the case may be, by the amount of
     Profit or Loss, respectively, allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d) increased by any Capital Contribution made by such Holder;
     and,

              (e) decreased by any distribution, including any distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 (a), (b) or (c) above
     shall be prorated for increases in each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance resulting from Capital Contributions, or distributions or
     withdrawals from the Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during
     such Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,


                                          4
<PAGE>






     distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made or effected by
     the Trust.

              3.3.    Tax Capital Accounts.  The Tax Capital Account balance of
     each Holder shall be adjusted at the following times by the following
     amounts:

              (a) increased daily by the adjusted tax bases of any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

              (b) increased daily by the amount of Taxable Income and Tax-
     Exempt Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

              (c) decreased daily by the amount of cash distributed to the
     Holder pursuant to any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d) decreased by the amount of Tax Loss allocated to such Holder
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at such times as the allocations are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.    Compliance with Treasury Regulations.  The foregoing
     provisions and other provisions contained herein relating to the
     maintenance of Book Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be
     interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury
     Regulations.

              The Trustees shall make any appropriate modifications in the
     event unanticipated events might otherwise cause these procedures not to
     comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), including the
     requirements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). 
     Such modifications are hereby incorporated into these procedures by this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets
                           --------------------------------
              4.1.    Distributions of Distributable Cash.  Except as otherwise
     provided in Article VII hereof, Distributable Cash for each Fiscal Year
     may be distributed to the Holders at such times, if any, and in such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising such discretion, the Trustees shall distribute such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can comply with the distribution requirements set forth in Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

              4.2.    Division Among Holders.  All distributions to the Holders
     with respect to any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be

                                          5
<PAGE>






     made to the Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax Loss allocated to the Holders with respect to such Fiscal Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

              4.3.    Distributions Upon Liquidation of a Holder's Interest in
     the Trust.  Upon liquidation of a Holder's interest in the Trust, the
     proceeds will be distributed to the Holder as provided in Section 5.6,
     Article VI, and Article VII hereof.  If such Holder has a negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.    Amounts Withheld.  All amounts withheld pursuant to the
     Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any
     payment or distribution to the Trust or the Holders shall be treated as
     amounts distributed to such Holders pursuant to this Article IV for all
     purposes under these procedures.  The Trustees may allocate any such
     amount among the Holders in any manner that is in accordance with
     applicable law.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations
                                     -----------
              5.1.    Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

              (a)     Increase in Net Unrealized Gains or Decrease in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization
     of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the allocation of
     Loss, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d) hereof, any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease in Net
     Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in proportion
     to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (b) Decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or Increase in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains due to
     realization of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the
     allocation of Profit, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof. 
     Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c) Profit and Loss.  Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, Profit
     and Loss occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day in proportion to
     the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the commencement
     of such day.  




                                          6
<PAGE>






              (d) Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                  (i)  Any allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(a), (b)
              or (c) above shall be prorated for increases in each
              Holder's Book Capital Account resulting from Capital
              Contributions, or distributions or withdrawals from the
              Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during such
              Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made
              or effected by the Trust.

                  (ii)  For purposes of determining the Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss or any
              other item allocable to any Fiscal Year, Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss and any
              such other item shall be determined by or on behalf of
              the Trustees using any reasonable method under Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

              5.2.    Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss to Tax Capital
     Accounts.

              (a) Taxable Income and Tax Loss.  Subject to Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which shall take precedence over this Section 5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                  (i) First, Taxable Income and Tax Loss, whether
              constituting ordinary income (or loss) or capital gain
              (or loss), derived from the sale or other disposition of
              a Tax Lot of securities or other property shall be
              allocated as of the date such income, gain or loss is
              recognized for federal income tax purposes solely in
              proportion to the amount of unrealized appreciation (in
              the case of such income or capital gain, but not in the
              case of any such loss) or depreciation (in the case of
              any such loss, but not in the case of any such income or
              capital gain) from that Tax Lot which was allocated to
              the Holders' Book Capital Accounts each day that such
              securities or other property was held by the Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                  (ii)    Second, any remaining amounts at the end of
              the Fiscal Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective daily average Book Capital Account balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

              (b) Matched Income or Loss.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
     Section 5.2(a) hereof, Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income or Tax Loss
     accruing on any day during the Fiscal Year constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to and to the extent of corresponding allocations of Profit

                                          7
<PAGE>






     or Loss to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts pursuant to the first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.

              5.3.    Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) The Designated Expenses computed for each Holder shall be
     allocated separately (not included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss or Tax Loss) to the Book Capital Account and Tax Capital
     Account of each Holder.

              (b) If the Trust incurs any nonrecourse indebtedness, then
     allocations of items attributable to nonrecourse indebtedness shall be
     made to the Tax Capital Account of each Holder in accordance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable Income and Tax Loss with respect to any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital Account of each Holder so as to take into account any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Trust for
     federal income tax purposes and such property's Fair Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.    Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) Any election or other decision relating to such allocations
     shall be made by the Trustees in any manner that reasonably reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b) Each Holder will report its share of Trust income and loss
     for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.    Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax Capital
     Accounts.  Allocation of Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income and Tax Loss
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof for any Fiscal Year, unless specified above
     to the contrary, shall be made only after corresponding adjustments have
     been made to the Book Capital Accounts of the Holders for the Fiscal Year
     as provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.    Redemptions During the Fiscal Year.  If a Redemption
     occurs prior to the end of a Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal
     Year as ended for the purposes of computing the redeeming Holder's
     distributive share of Trust items and allocations of all items to such
     Holder will be made as though each Holder were receiving its allocable
     share of Trust items at such time.  All items so allocated to the
     redeeming Holder will be subtracted from the items to be allocated among
     the other non-redeeming Holders at the actual end of the Fiscal Year.  All
     items allocated among the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will be made
     subject to the rules of Code Sections 702, 704, 706 and 708 and the
     Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.


                                          8
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     Withdrawals
                                     -----------
              6.1.    Partial Withdrawals.  At any time any Holder shall be
     entitled to request a withdrawal of such portion of the Interest held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.    Redemptions.  At any time a Holder shall be entitled to
     request a Redemption of all of its Interest.  A Holder's Interest may be
     redeemed at any time during the Fiscal Year as provided in Section 6.3
     hereof by a cash distribution or, at the option of a Holder, by a
     distribution of a proportionate amount except for fractional shares of
     each Trust asset at the option of the Trust.  However, the Holder may be
     redeemed by a distribution of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets
     only at the end of a Fiscal Year.  However, if the Holder has contributed
     any property to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the
     Trust at the time the Holder requests withdrawal, then such property will
     be sold by the Trust prior to the time at which the Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.    Distribution in Kind.  If a withdrawing Holder receives a
     distribution in kind of its proportionate part of Trust property, then
     unrealized income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the property on the date of distribution in compliance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation
                                     -----------
              7.1.    Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof,
     upon dissolution of the Trust, the Trustees shall liquidate the assets of
     the Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a) first to the payment of all debts and obligations of the
     Trust to third parties, including without limitation the retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt owed to Holders or their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

              (b) then in accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital
     Account balances after adjusting Book Capital Accounts for allocations
     provided in Article V hereof and in accordance with the requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.    Alternative Liquidation Procedure.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the Trust assets would cause undue loss to the Holders, the
     Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having given
     notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited by the

                                          9
<PAGE>






     law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of and withhold
     from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the Trust except
     those necessary to satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

              7.3.    Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided
     in Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed in liquidation of the Trust
     shall be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.    Treatment of Negative Book Capital Account Balance.  If a
     Holder has a negative balance in its Book Capital Account following the
     liquidation of its Interest, as determined after taking into account all
     capital account adjustments for the Fiscal Year during which the
     liquidation occurs, then such Holder shall restore the amount of such
     negative balance to the Trust by the later of the end of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days after the date of such liquidation so as to comply with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3). 
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid to creditors of the Trust or
     distributed to other Holders in accordance with their positive Book
     Capital Account balances.
































                                          10
<PAGE>









                                     AMENDMENT TO
                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
                                       between 
                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS 
                                         and
                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


              This Amendment, dated as of October 23, 1995, is made to the
     MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") between each investment
     company advised by Boston Management and Research which has adopted the
     Agreement (the "Trusts") and Investors Bank & Trust Company (the
     "Custodian") pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.

              The Trusts and the Custodian agree that Section 10 of the
     Agreement shall, as of October 23, 1995, be amended to read as follows:

              Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the
     Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor Custodian

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated by either party after
     August 31, 2000 by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage
     prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner
     than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided,
     that the Trust may at any time by action of its Board, (i) substitute
     another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as
     described above to the Custodian in the event the Custodian assigns this
     Agreement to another party without consent of the noninterested Trustees
     of the Trust, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of
     the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the
     Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at
     the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent
     jurisdiction.  Upon termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to
     the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such
     termination (and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs,
     expenses and disbursements).

              This Agreement may be amended at any time by the written
     agreement of the parties hereto.  If a majority of the non-interested
     trustees of any of the Trusts determines that the performance of the
     Custodian has been unsatisfactory or adverse to the interests of Trust
     holders of any Trust or Trusts or that the terms of the Agreement are no
     longer consistent with publicly available industry standards, then the
     Trust or Trusts shall give written notice to the Custodian of such
     determination and the Custodian shall have 60 days to (1) correct such
     performance to the satisfaction of the non-interested trustees or (2) 


                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     renegotiate terms which are satisfactory to the non-interested trustees of
     the Trusts.  If the conditions of the preceding sentence are not met then
     the Trust or Trusts may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days
     written notice.

              The Board of the Trust shall, forthwith, upon giving or receiving
     notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as successor custodian, a
     bank or trust company having the qualifications required by the Investment
     Company Act of 1940 and the Rules thereunder.  The Bank, as Custodian,
     Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the Agreement, deliver to
     such successor custodian, all securities then held hereunder and all funds
     or other properties of the Trust deposited with or held by the Bank
     hereunder and all books of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant
     to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank relative thereto. 
     In the event that no written order designating a successor custodian shall
     have been delivered to the Bank on or before the date when such
     termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not deliver the
     securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the Trust but shall
     have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing business in
     Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection meeting the above required
     qualifications, all funds, securities and properties of the Trust held by
     or deposited with the Bank, and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or trust company shall be the
     successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

              Except as expressly provided herein, the Agreement shall remain
     unchanged and in full force and effect.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
     to be executed by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year
     first above written.


              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Tax Free Portfolio
              Arkansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Cash Management Portfolio
              Colorado Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Insured Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Tax Free Portfolio
              Georgia Tax Free Portfolio
              Government Obligations Portfolio
              Growth Portfolio
              Hawaii Tax Free Portfolio
              High Yield Municipals Portfolio
              Investors Portfolio
              Kansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Kentucky Tax Free Portfolio
              Louisiana Tax Free Portfolio


                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






              Maryland Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
              Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
              Mississippi Tax Free Portfolio
              Missouri Tax Free Portfolio
              National Municipals Portfolio
              New Jersey Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Tax Free Portfolio
              Oregon Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
              Rhode Island Tax Free Portfolio
              South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Special Investment Portfolio
              Stock Portfolio
              Strategic Income Portfolio
              Tax Free Reserves Portfolio
              Tennessee Tax Free Portfolio
              Texas Tax Free Portfolio
              Total Return Portfolio
              Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              California Tax Free Portfolio
              California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              National Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New Jersey Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Virginia Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio


                                                By:   /s/James L. O'Connor      
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                        Treasurer


                                                INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                                By:   /s/Michael F. Rogers      
                                                   -----------------------------
<PAGE>









     Eaton Vance Municipals Trust
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA 02110
     (617) 482-8260


                                                        January 21, 1993




     Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110

     Ladies and Gentlemen:

              With respect to our purchase from you, at the purchase price of
     $100,000, of an interest (an "Initial Interest") in Minnesota Tax Free
     Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), we hereby advise you that we are purchasing
     such Initial Interest for investment purposes without any present
     intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount paid by the Portfolio on any withdrawal by us of any
     portion of such Initial Interest will be reduced by a portion of any
     unamortized organization expenses, determined by the proportion of the
     amount of such Initial Interest withdrawn to the aggregate Initial
     Interests of all holders of similar Initial Interests then outstanding
     after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any such Initial
     Interest.

                               Very truly yours,


                               EATON VANCE MUNICIPALS TRUST (on behalf of
                               Eaton Vance Minnesota Tax Free Fund)

                               By   /s/James G. Baur  
                                  ---------------------------------------
                                    President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000892289
<NAME> MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                            78851
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                           81421
<RECEIVABLES>                                     1169
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                     400
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                 3
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   82993
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                           25
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                                 25
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                             0
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                                0
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                        80383
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                          2585
<NET-ASSETS>                                     82968
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                 5260
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                     392
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                           4868
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                        (5215)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                         4768
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                             4421
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                              0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                          (1038)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                              310
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  18
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                    392
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                             83503
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  0
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission